]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
a4af82ff53af0b2834a6740c47d1d49c4b852c55
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 256-rc1:
4
5 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
6
7 * Support for automatic flushing of the nscd user/group database caches
8 will be dropped in a future release.
9
10 * Support for cgroup v1 ('legacy' and 'hybrid' hierarchies) is now
11 considered obsolete and systemd by default will refuse to boot under
12 it. To forcibly reenable cgroup v1 support,
13 SYSTEMD_CGROUP_ENABLE_LEGACY_FORCE=1 must be set on kernel command
14 line. The meson option 'default-hierarchy=' is also deprecated, i.e.
15 only cgroup v2 ('unified' hierarchy) can be selected as build-time
16 default.
17
18 * Previously, systemd-networkd did not explicitly remove any bridge
19 VLAN IDs assigned on bridge master and ports. Since version 256, if a
20 .network file for an interface has at least one valid setting in the
21 [BridgeVLAN] section, then all assigned VLAN IDs on the interface
22 that are not configured in the .network file are removed.
23
24 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will stop generating units for ESP or
25 XBOOTLDR partitions if it finds mount entries for or below the /boot/
26 or /efi/ hierarchies in /etc/fstab. This is to prevent the generator
27 from interfering with systems where the ESP is explicitly configured
28 to be mounted at some path, for example /boot/efi/ (this type of
29 setup is obsolete but still commonly found).
30
31 * The behavior of systemd-sleep and systemd-homed has been updated to
32 freeze user sessions when entering the various sleep modes or when
33 locking a homed-managed home area. This is known to cause issues with
34 the proprietary NVIDIA drivers. Packagers of the NVIDIA proprietary
35 drivers may want to add drop-in configuration files that set
36 SYSTEMD_SLEEP_FREEZE_USER_SESSION=false for systemd-suspend.service
37 and related services, and SYSTEMD_HOME_LOCK_FREEZE_SESSION=false for
38 systemd-homed.service.
39
40 * systemd-tmpfiles and systemd-sysusers, when given a relative
41 configuration file path (with at least one directory separator '/'),
42 will open the file directly, instead of searching for the given
43 partial path in the standard locations. The old mode wasn't useful
44 because tmpfiles.d/ and sysusers.d/ configuration has a flat
45 structure with no subdirectories under the standard locations and
46 this change makes it easier to work with local files with those
47 tools.
48
49 * systemd-tmpfiles now properly applies nested configuration to 'R' and
50 'D' stanzas. For example, with the combination of 'R /foo' and 'x
51 /foo/bar', /foo/bar will now be excluded from removal.
52
53 General Changes and New Features:
54
55 * Various programs will now attempt to load the main configuration file
56 from locations below /usr/lib/, /usr/local/lib/, and /run/, not just
57 below /etc/. For example, systemd-logind will look for
58 /etc/systemd/logind.conf, /run/systemd/logind.conf,
59 /usr/local/lib/systemd/logind.conf, and /usr/lib/systemd/logind.conf,
60 and use the first file that is found. This means that the search
61 logic for the main config file and for drop-ins is now the same.
62
63 Similarly, kernel-install will look for the config files in
64 /usr/lib/kernel/ and the other search locations, and now also
65 supports drop-ins.
66
67 systemd-udevd now supports drop-ins for udev.conf.
68
69 * A new 'systemd-vpick' binary has been added. It implements the new
70 vpick protocol, where a "*.v/" directory may contain multiple files
71 which have versions (following the UAPI version format specification)
72 embedded in the file name. The files are ordered by version and
73 the newest one is selected.
74
75 systemd-nspawn --image=/--directory=, systemd-dissect, systemd-portabled,
76 and the RootDirectory=, RootImage=, ExtensionImages=, and
77 ExtensionDirectories= settings for units now support the vpick
78 protocol and allow the latest version to be selected automatically if
79 a "*.v/" directory is specified as the source.
80
81 * Encrypted service credentials may now be made accessible to
82 unprivileged users. systemd-creds gained new options --user/--uid=
83 for encrypting/decrypting a credential for a specific user.
84
85 * New command-line tool 'importctl' to download, import, and export
86 disk images via systemd-importd is added with the following verbs:
87 pull-tar, pull-raw, import-tar, import-raw, import-fs, export-tar,
88 export-raw, list-transfers, cancel-transfer. This functionality was
89 previously available in "machinectl", where it was exclusively for
90 machine image. The new "importctl" generalizes this for sysext,
91 confext, portable service images, too.
92
93 Service Management:
94
95 * New system manager setting ProtectSystem= has been added. It is
96 analogous to the unit setting, but applies to the whole system. It is
97 enabled by default in the initrd.
98
99 * New unit setting WantsMountsFor= has been added. It is analogous to
100 RequiresMountsFor=, but with a Wants= dependency instead of
101 Requires=. This new logic is used in various places where mounts were
102 added as dependencies for other settings (WorkingDirectory=-…,
103 PrivateTmp=yes, cryptsetup lines with 'nofail').
104
105 * New unit setting MemoryZSwapWriteback= can be used to control the new
106 memory.zswap.writeback cgroup knob added in kernel 6.8.
107
108 * The manager gained a org.freedesktop.systemd1.StartAuxiliaryScope()
109 D-Bus method to devolve some processes from a service into a new
110 scope. This new scope will remain even if the original service unit
111 is restarted. Control group properties of the new scope are copied
112 from the originating unit, so various limits are retained.
113
114 * Units now expose properties EffectiveMemoryMax=,
115 EffectiveMemoryHigh=, and EffectiveTasksMax=, which report the
116 most stringent limit systemd is aware of for the given unit.
117
118 * A new unit file specifier %D expands to $XDG_DATA_HOME (for user
119 services) or /usr/share/ (for system services).
120
121 * AllowedCPUs= now supports specifier expansion.
122
123 * What= setting in .mount and .swap units now accepts fstab-style
124 identifiers, for example UUID=… or LABEL=….
125
126 * RestrictNetworkInterfaces= now supports alternative network interface
127 names.
128
129 * PAMName= now implies SetLoginEnvironment=yes.
130
131 * systemd.firstboot=no can be used on the kernel command-line to
132 disable interactive queries, but allow other first boot configuration
133 to happen based on credentials.
134
135 * The system's hostname can be configured via the systemd.hostname
136 system credential.
137
138 * The systemd binary will no longer chainload sysvinit's "telinit"
139 binary when called under the init/telinit name on a system that
140 isn't booted with systemd. This previously has been supported to make
141 sure a distribution that has both init systems installed can be
142 reasonably switched from one to the other via a simple
143 reboot. Distributions apparently have lost interest in this, and the
144 functionality has not been supported on the primary distribution this
145 was still intended for for a longer time, and hence has been removed
146 now.
147
148 * A new concept called "capsules" has been introduced. "Capsules"
149 encapsulate additional per-user service managers, whose users are
150 transient and are only defined as long as the service manager
151 is running (implemented via DynamicUser=1). These service managers run
152 off home directories defined in /var/lib/capsules/<name>, where
153 <name> is a the capsule's name. These home directories can contain
154 regular per-user services and other units. A capsule is started via a
155 simple "systemctl start capsule@<name>.service". See the
156 capsule@.service(5) man page for further details. Various systemd
157 tools (including, and most importantly, systemctl and systemd-run)
158 have been updated to interact with capsules via the new
159 "--capsule="/"-C" switch.
160
161 * .socket units gained a new setting PassFileDescriptorsToExec=, taking
162 a boolean value. If set to true the file descriptors the socket unit
163 encapsulates are passed to the ExecStartPost=, ExecStopPre=,
164 ExecStopPost= using the usual $LISTEN_FDS interface. This may be used
165 for doing additional initializations on the sockets once they are
166 allocated (for example, install an additional eBPF program on them).
167
168 * The .socket setting MaxConnectionsPerSource= (which so far put a
169 limit on concurrent connections per IP in Accept=yes socket units),
170 now also has an effect on AF_UNIX sockets: it will put a limit on the
171 number of simultaneous connections from the same source UID (as
172 determined via SO_PEERCRED). This is useful for implementing IPC
173 services in a simple Accept=yes mode.
174
175 * The service manager will now maintain a counter of soft reboot cycles
176 the system went through so far. It may be queried via the D-Bus APIs.
177
178 * systemd's execution logic now supports the new pidfd_spawn() API
179 introduced by glibc 2.39, which allows us to invoke a subprocess in a
180 target cgroup and get a pidfd back in a single operation.
181
182 * systemd/PID 1 will now send an additional sd_notify() message to its
183 supervising VMM or container manager reporting the selected hostname
184 ("X_SYSTEMD_HOSTNAME=") and machine ID ("X_SYSTEMD_MACHINE_ID=") at
185 boot. Moreover, the service manager will send additional sd_notify()
186 messages ("X_SYSTEMD_UNIT_ACTIVE=") whenever a target unit is
187 reached. This can be used by VMMs/container managers to schedule
188 access to the system precisely. For example, the moment a system
189 reports "ssh-access.target" being reached a VMM/container manager
190 knows it can now connect to the system via SSH. Finally, a new
191 sd_notify() message ("X_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2") is sent the moment
192 PID 1 successfully completed installation of its various UNIX process
193 signal handlers (i.e. the moment where SIGRTMIN+4 sent to PID 1 will
194 start to have the effect of shutting down the system cleanly).
195
196 Journal:
197
198 * systemd-journald can now forward journal entries to a socket
199 (AF_INET, AF_INET6, AF_UNIX, or AF_VSOCK). The socket can be
200 specified in journald.conf via a new option ForwardAddress= or via
201 the 'journald.forward_address' credential. Log records are sent in
202 the Journal Export Format. A related setting MaxLevelSocket= has been
203 added to control the maximum log levels for the messages sent to this
204 socket.
205
206 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --forward-journal= option to forward the
207 virtual machine's journal entries to the host. This is done over a
208 AF_VSOCK socket, i.e. it does not require networking in the guest.
209
210 * journalctl gained option '-i' as a shortcut for --file=.
211
212 * journalctl gained a new -T/--exclude-identifier= option to filter
213 out certain syslog identifiers.
214
215 * journalctl gained a new --list-namespaces option.
216
217 * systemd-journal-remote now also accepts AF_VSOCK and AF_UNIX sockets
218 (so it can be used to receive entries forwarded by systemd-journald).
219
220 * systemd-journal-gatewayd allows restricting the time range of
221 retrieved entries with a new "realtime=[<since>]:[<until>]" URL
222 parameter.
223
224 * systemd-cat gained a new option --namespace= to specify the target
225 journal namespace to which the output shall be connected.
226
227 * systemd-bsod gained a new option --tty= to specify the output TTY
228
229 Device Management:
230
231 * /dev/ now contains symlinks that combine by-path and by-{label,uuid}
232 information:
233
234 /dev/disk/by-path/<path>/by-<label|uuid|…>/<label|uuid|…>
235
236 This allows distinguishing partitions with identical contents on
237 multiple storage devices. This is useful, for example, when copying
238 raw disk contents between devices.
239
240 * systemd-udevd now creates persistent /dev/media/by-path/ symlinks for
241 media controllers. For example, the uvcvideo driver may create
242 /dev/media0 which will be linked as
243 /dev/media/by-path/pci-0000:04:00.3-usb-0:1:1.0-media-controller.
244
245 * A new unit systemd-udev-load-credentials.service has been added
246 to pick up udev.conf drop-ins and udev rules from credentials.
247
248 * An allowlist/denylist may be specified to filter which sysfs
249 attributes are used when crafting network interface names. Those
250 lists are stored as hwdb entries
251 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW_<sysfsattr>=0|1
252 and
253 ID_NET_NAME_ALLOW=0|1.
254
255 The goal is to avoid unexpected changes to interface names when the
256 kernel is updated and new sysfs attributes become visible.
257
258 * A new unit tpm2.target has been added to provide a synchronization
259 point for units which expect the TPM hardware to be available. A new
260 generator "systemd-tpm2-generator" has been added that will insert
261 this target whenever it detects that the firmware has initialized a
262 TPM, but Linux hasn't loaded a driver for it yet.
263
264 * systemd-backlight now properly supports numbered devices which the
265 kernel creates to avoid collisions in the leds subsystem.
266
267 * systemd-hwdb update operation can be disabled with a new environment
268 variable SYSTEMD_HWDB_UPDATE_BYPASS=1.
269
270 systemd-hostnamed:
271
272 * systemd-hostnamed now exposes the machine ID and boot ID via
273 D-Bus. It also exposes the hosts AF_VSOCK CID, if available.
274
275 * systemd-hostnamed now provides a basic Varlink interface.
276
277 * systemd-hostnamed exports the full data in os-release(5) and
278 machine-info(5) via D-Bus and Varlink.
279
280 * hostnamectl now shows the system's product UUID and hardware serial
281 number if known.
282
283 Network Management:
284
285 * systemd-networkd now provides a basic Varlink interface.
286
287 * systemd-networkd's ARP proxy support gained a new option to configure
288 a private VLAN variant of the proxy ARP supported by the kernel under
289 the name IPv4ProxyARPPrivateVLAN=.
290
291 * systemd-networkd now exports the NamespaceId and NamespaceNSID
292 properties via D-Bus and Varlink. (which expose the inode and NSID of
293 the network namespace the networkd instance manages)
294
295 * systemd-networkd now supports IPv6RetransmissionTimeSec= and
296 UseRetransmissionTime= settings in .network files to configure
297 retransmission time for IPv6 neighbor solicitation messages.
298
299 * networkctl gained new verbs 'mask' and 'unmask' for masking networkd
300 configuration files such as .network files.
301
302 * 'networkctl edit --runtime' allows editing volatile configuration
303 under /run/systemd/network/.
304
305 * The implementation behind TTLPropagate= network setting has been
306 removed and the setting is now ignored.
307
308 * systemd-network-generator will now pick up .netdev/.link/.network/
309 networkd.conf configuration from system credentials.
310
311 * systemd-networkd will now pick up wireguard secrets from
312 credentials.
313
314 * systemd-networkd's Varlink API now supports enumerating LLDP peers.
315
316 * .link files now support new Property=, ImportProperty=,
317 UnsetProperty= fields for setting udev properties on a link.
318
319 * The various .link files that systemd ships for interfaces that are
320 supposed to be managed by systemd-networkd only now carry a
321 ID_NET_MANAGED_BY=io.systemd.Network udev property ensuring that
322 other network management solutions honouring this udev property do
323 not come into conflict with networkd, trying to manage these
324 interfaces.
325
326 * .link files now support a new ReceivePacketSteeringCPUMask= setting
327 for configuring which CPUs to steer incoming packets to.
328
329 systemd-nspawn:
330
331 * systemd-nspawn now provides a /run/systemd/nspawn/unix-export/
332 directory where the container payload can expose AF_UNIX sockets to
333 allow them them to be accessed from outside.
334
335 * systemd-nspawn will tint the terminal background for containers in a
336 blueish color. This can be controller with the new --background=
337 switch.
338
339 * systemd-nspawn gained support for the 'owneridmap' option for --bind=
340 mounts to map the target directory owner from inside the container to
341 the owner of the directory bound from the host filesystem.
342
343 * systemd-nspawn now supports moving Wi-Fi network devices into a
344 container, just like other network interfaces.
345
346 systemd-resolved:
347
348 * systemd-resolved now reads RFC 8914 EDE error codes provided by
349 upstream DNS services.
350
351 * systemd-resolved and resolvectl now support RFC 9460 SVCB and HTTPS
352 records, as well as RFC 2915 NAPTR records.
353
354 * resolvectl gained a new option --relax-single-label= to allow
355 querying single-label hostnames via unicast DNS on a per-query basis.
356
357 * systemd-resolved's Varlink IPC interface now supports resolving
358 DNS-SD services as well as an API for resolving raw DNS RRs.
359
360 * systemd-resolved's .dnssd DNS_SD service description files now
361 support DNS-SD "subtypes" via the new SubType= setting.
362
363 * systemd-resolved's configuration may now be reloaded without
364 restarting the service. (i.e. "systemctl reload systemd-resolved" is
365 now supported)
366
367 SSH Integration:
368
369 * An sshd config drop-in to allow ssh keys acquired via userdbctl (for
370 example expose by homed accounts) to be used for authorization of
371 incoming SSH connections.
372
373 * A small new unit generator "systemd-ssh-generator" has been added. It
374 checks if the sshd binary is installed. If so, it binds it via
375 per-connection socket activation to various sockets depending on the
376 execution context:
377
378 • If the system is run in a VM providing AF_VSOCK support, it
379 automatically binds sshd to AF_VSOCK port 22.
380
381 • If the system is invoked as a full-OS container and the container
382 manager pre-mounts a directory /run/host/unix-export/, it will
383 bind sshd to an AF_UNIX socket /run/host/unix-export/ssh. The
384 idea is the container manager bind mounts the directory to an
385 appropriate place on the host as well, so that the AF_UNIX socket
386 may be used to easily connect from the host to the container.
387
388 • sshd is also bound to an AF_UNIX socket
389 /run/ssh-unix-local/socket, which may be to use ssh/sftp in a
390 "sudo"-like fashion to access resources of other local users.
391
392 • Via the kernel command line option "systemd.ssh_listen=" and the
393 system credential "ssh.listen" sshd may be bound to additional,
394 explicitly configured options, including AF_INET/AF_INET6 ports.
395
396 In particular the first two mechanisms should make dealing with local
397 VMs and full OS containers a lot easier, as SSH connections will
398 *just* *work* from the host – even if no networking is available
399 whatsoever.
400
401 systemd-ssh-generator optionally generates a per-connection
402 socket activation service file wrapping sshd. This is only done if
403 the distribution does not provide one on its own under the name
404 "sshd@.service". The generated unit only works correctly if the SSH
405 privilege separation ("privsep") directory exists. Unfortunately
406 distributions vary wildly where they place this directory. An
407 incomprehensive list:
408
409 • /usr/share/empty.sshd/ (new fedora)
410 • /var/empty/
411 • /var/empty/sshd/
412 • /run/sshd/ (debian/ubuntu?)
413
414 If the SSH privsep directory is placed below /var/ or /run/ care
415 needs to be taken that the directory is created automatically at boot
416 if needed, since these directories possibly or always come up
417 empty. This can be done via a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in. You may use the
418 "sshdprivsepdir" meson option provided by systemd to configure the
419 directory, in case you want systemd to create the directory as needed
420 automatically, if your distribution does not cover this natively.
421
422 Recommendations to distributions, in order to make things just work:
423
424 • Please provide a per-connection SSH service file under the name
425 "sshd@.service".
426
427 • Please move the SSH privsep dir into /usr/ (so that it is truly
428 immutable on image-based operating systems, is strictly under
429 package manager control, and never requires recreation if the
430 system boots up with an empty /run/ or /var/).
431
432 • As an extension of this: please consider following Fedora's lead
433 here, and use /usr/share/empty.sshd/ to minimize needless
434 differences between distributions.
435
436 • If your distribution insists on placing the directory in /var/ or
437 /run/ then please at least provide a tmpfiles.d/ drop-in to
438 recreate it automatically at boot, so that the sshd binary just
439 works, regardless in which context it is called.
440
441 * A small tool "systemd-ssh-proxy" has been added, which is supposed to
442 act as counterpart to "systemd-ssh-generator". It's a small plug-in
443 for the SSH client (via ProxyCommand/ProxyUseFdpass) to allow it to
444 connect to AF_VSOCK or AF_UNIX sockets. Example: "ssh vsock/4711"
445 connects to a local VM with cid 4711, or "ssh
446 unix/run/ssh-unix-local/socket" to connect to the local host via the
447 AF_UNIX socket /run/ssh-unix-local/socket.
448
449 systemd-boot and systemd-stub and Related Tools:
450
451 * TPM 1.2 PCR measurement support has been removed from systemd-stub.
452 TPM 1.2 is obsolete and – due to the (by today's standards) weak
453 cryptographic algorithms it only supports – does not actually provide
454 the security benefits it's supposed to provide. Given that the rest
455 of systemd's codebase never supported TPM 1.2, the support has now
456 been removed from systemd-stub as well.
457
458 * systemd-stub will now measure its payload via the new EFI
459 Confidential Computing APIs (CC), in addition to the pre-existing
460 measurements to TPM.
461
462 * confexts are loaded by systemd-stub from the ESP as well.
463
464 * kernel-install gained support for --root= for the 'list' verb.
465
466 * bootctl now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run as a
467 daemon via a template unit.
468
469 * systemd-measure gained new options --certificate=, --private-key=,
470 and --private-key-source= to allow using OpenSSL's "engines" or
471 "providers" as the signing mechanism to use when creating signed
472 TPM2 PCR measurement values.
473
474 * ukify gained support for signing of PCR signatures via OpenSSL's
475 engines and providers.
476
477 * ukify now supports zboot kernels.
478
479 * systemd-boot now supports passing additional kernel command line
480 switches to invoked kernels via an SMBIOS Type #11 string
481 "io.systemd.boot.kernel-cmdline-extra". This is similar to the
482 pre-existing support for this in systemd-stub, but also applies to
483 Type #1 Boot Loader Specification Entries.
484
485 * systemd-boot's automatic SecureBoot enrollment support gained support
486 for enrolling "dbx" too (Previously, only db/KEK/PK enrollment was
487 supported). It also now supports UEFI "Custom" mode.
488
489 * The pcrlock policy is saved in an unencrypted credential file
490 "pcrlock.<entry-token>.cred" under XBOOTLDR/ESP in the
491 /loader/credentials/ directory. It will be picked up at boot by
492 systemd-stub and passed to the initrd, where it can be used to unlock
493 the root file system.
494
495 * systemd-pcrlock gained an --entry-token= option to configure the
496 entry-token.
497
498 * systemd-pcrlock now provides a basic Varlink interface and can be run
499 as a daemon via a template unit.
500
501 * systemd-pcrlock's TPM nvindex access policy has been modified, this
502 means that previous pcrlock policies stored in nvindexes are
503 invalidated. They must be removed (systemd-pcrlock remove-policy) and
504 recreated (systemd-pcrlock make-policy). For the time being
505 systemd-pcrlock remains an experimental feature, but it is expected
506 to become stable in the next release, i.e. v257.
507
508 * systemd-pcrlock's --recovery-pin= switch now takes three values:
509 "hide", "show", "query". If "show" is selected the automatically
510 generated recovery PIN is shown to the user. If "query" is selected
511 then the PIN is queried from the user.
512
513 systemd-run/run0:
514
515 * systemd-run is now a multi-call binary. When invoked as 'run0', it
516 provides as interface similar to 'sudo', with all arguments starting
517 at the first non-option parameter being treated the command to invoke
518 as root. Unlike 'sudo' and similar tools, it does not make use of
519 setuid binaries or other privilege escalation methods, but instead
520 runs the specified command as a transient unit, which is started by
521 the system service manager, so privileges are dropped, rather than
522 gained, thus implementing a much more robust and safe security
523 model. As usual, authorization is managed via Polkit.
524
525 * systemd-run/run0 will now tint the terminal background on supported
526 terminals: in a reddish tone when invoking a root service, in a
527 yellowish tone otherwise. This may be controlled and turned off via
528 the new --background= switch.
529
530 * systemd-run gained a new option '--ignore-failure' to suppress
531 command failures.
532
533 Command-line tools:
534
535 * 'systemctl edit --stdin' allows creation of unit files and drop-ins
536 with contents supplied via standard input. This is useful when creating
537 configuration programmatically; the tool takes care of figuring out
538 the file name, creating any directories, and reloading the manager
539 afterwards.
540
541 * 'systemctl disable --now' and 'systemctl mask --now' now work
542 correctly with template units.
543
544 * 'systemd-analyze architectures' lists known CPU architectures.
545
546 * 'systemd-analyze --json=…' is supported for 'architectures',
547 'capability', 'exit-status'.
548
549 * 'systemd-tmpfiles --purge' will purge (remove) all files and
550 directories created via tmpfiles.d configuration.
551
552 * systemd-id128 gained new options --no-pager, --no-legend, and
553 -j/--json=.
554
555 * hostnamectl gained '-j' as shortcut for '--json=pretty' or
556 '--json=short'.
557
558 * loginctl now supports -j/--json=.
559
560 * resolvectl now supports -j/--json= for --type=.
561
562 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new option --dry-run to print what would be
563 done without actually taking action.
564
565 * varlinkctl gained a new --collect switch to collect all responses of
566 a method call that supports multiple replies and turns it into a
567 single JSON array.
568
569 * systemd-dissect gained a new --make-archive option to generate an
570 archive file (tar.gz and similar) from a disk image.
571
572 systemd-vmspawn:
573
574 * systemd-vmspawn gained a new --firmware= option to configure or list
575 firmware definitions for Qemu, a new --tpm= option to enable or
576 disable the use of a software TPM, a new --linux= option to specify a
577 kernel binary for direct kernel boot, a new --initrd= option to
578 specify an initrd for direct kernel boot, a new -D/--directory option
579 to use a plain directory as the root file system, a new
580 --private-users option similar to the one in systemd-nspawn, new
581 options --bind= and --bind-ro= to bind part of the host's file system
582 hierarchy into the guest, a new --extra-drive= option to attach
583 additional storage, and -n/--network-tap/--network-user-mode to
584 configure networking.
585
586 * A new systemd-vmspawn@.service can be used to launch systemd-vmspawn
587 as a service.
588
589 * systemd-vmspawn gained the new --console= and --background= switches
590 that control how to interact with the VM. As before, by default an
591 interactive terminal interface is provided, but now with a background
592 tinted with a greenish hue.
593
594 * systemd-vmspawn can now register its VMs with systemd-machined,
595 controlled via the --register= switch.
596
597 * machinectl's start command (and related) can now invoke images either
598 as containers via `systemd-nspawn` (switch is --runner=nspawn, the
599 default) or as VMs via `systemd-vmspawn` (switch is --runner=vmspawn,
600 or short -V).
601
602 * systemd-vmspawn now supports two switches --pass-ssh-key= and
603 --ssh-key-type= to optionally set up transient SSH keys to pass to the
604 invoked VMs in order to be able to SSH into them once booted.
605
606 * systemd-vmspawn will now enable various "HyperV enlightenments" and
607 the "VM Generation ID" on the VMs.
608
609 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_VMSPAWN_QEMU_EXTRA may carry
610 additional qemu command line options to pass to qemu.
611
612 systemd-repart:
613
614 * systemd-repart gained new options --generate-fstab= and
615 --generate-crypttab= to write out fstab and crypttab files matching the
616 generated partitions.
617
618 * systemd-repart gained a new option --private-key-source= to allow
619 using OpenSSL's "engines" or "providers" as the signing mechanism to
620 use when creating verity signature partitions.
621
622 * systemd-repart gained a new DefaultSubvolume= setting in repart.d/
623 drop-ins that allow configuring the default btrfs subvolume for newly
624 formatted btrfs file systems.
625
626 Libraries:
627
628 * libsystemd gained new call sd_bus_creds_new_from_pidfd() to get a
629 credentials object for a pidfd and sd_bus_creds_get_pidfd_dup() to
630 retrieve the pidfd from a credentials object.
631
632 * sd-bus' credentials logic will now also acquire peer's UNIX group
633 lists and peer's pidfd if supported and requested.
634
635 * RPM macro %_kernel_install_dir has been added with the path
636 to the directory for kernel-install plugins.
637
638 * The liblz4, libzstd, liblzma, libkmod, libgcrypt dependencies have
639 been changed from regular shared library dependencies into dlopen()
640 based ones.
641
642 * The sd-journal API gained a new call
643 sd_journal_stream_fd_with_namespace() which is just like
644 sd_journal_stream_fd() but creates a log stream targeted at a
645 specific log namespace.
646
647 * The sd-id128 API gained a new API call
648 sd_id128_get_invocation_app_specific() for acquiring an app-specific
649 ID that is derived from the service invocation ID.
650
651 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll:
652
653 * systemd-cryptenroll can now enroll directly with a PKCS11 public key
654 (instead of a certificate).
655
656 * systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptenroll now may lock a disk against a
657 PKCS#11 provided EC key (before it only supported RSA).
658
659 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for crypttab option
660 link-volume-key= to link the volume key into the kernel keyring when
661 the volume is opened.
662
663 * systemd-cryptenroll will no longer enable Dictionary Attack
664 Protection (i.e. turn on NO_DA) for TPM enrollments that do not
665 involve a PIN. DA should not be necessary in that case (since key
666 entropy is high enough to make this unnecessary), but risks
667 accidental lock-out in case of unexpected PCR changes.
668
669 * systemd-cryptenroll now supports enrolling a new slot while unlocking
670 the old slot via TPM2 (previously unlocking only worked via password
671 or FIDO2).
672
673 Documentation:
674
675 * The remaining documentation that was on
676 https://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/ has been moved to
677 https://systemd.io/.
678
679 * A new text describing the VM integration interfaces of systemd has
680 been added:
681
682 https://systemd.io/VM_INTERFACE
683
684 * The sd_notify() man page has gained an example with C code that shows
685 how to implement the interface in C without involving libsystemd.
686
687 systemd-homed, systemd-logind, systemd-userdbd:
688
689 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking of home directories when logging
690 in via SSH. Previously home directories needed to be unlocked before
691 an SSH login is attempted.
692
693 * JSON User Records have been extended with a separate public storage
694 area called "User Record Blob Directories". This is intended to store
695 the user's background image, avatar picture, and other similar items
696 which are too large to fit into the User Record itself.
697
698 systemd-homed, userdbctl, and homectl gained support for blob
699 directories. homectl gained --avatar= and --login-background= to
700 control two specific items of the blob directories.
701
702 * A new "additionalLanguages" field has been added to JSON user records
703 (as supported by systemd-homed and systemd-userdbd), which is closely
704 related to the pre-existing "preferredLanguage", and allows
705 specifying multiple additional languages for the user account. It is
706 used to initialize the $LANGUAGES environment variable when used.
707
708 * A new pair of "preferredSessionType" and "preferredSessionLauncher"
709 fields have been added to JSON user records, that may be used to
710 control which kind of desktop session to preferable activate on
711 logins of the user.
712
713 * homectl gained a new verb 'firstboot', and a new
714 systemd-homed-firstboot.service unit uses this verb to create users
715 in a first boot environment, either from system credentials or by
716 querying interactively.
717
718 * systemd-logind now supports a new "background-light" session class
719 which does not pull in the user@.service unit. This is intended in
720 particular for lighter weight per-user cron jobs which do require any
721 per-user service manager to be around.
722
723 * The per-user service manager will now be tracked as a distinct "manager"
724 session type among logind sessions of each user.
725
726 * homectl now supports an --offline mode, by which certain account
727 properties can be changed without unlocking the home directory.
728
729 * systemd-logind gained a new
730 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.ListSessionsEx() method that provides
731 additional metadata compared to ListSessions(). loginctl makes use of
732 this to list additional fields in list-sessions.
733
734 * systemd-logind gained a new org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.Sleep()
735 method that automatically redirects to SuspendThenHibernate(),
736 Suspend(), HybridSleep(), or Hibernate(), depending on what is
737 supported and configured, a new configuration setting SleepOperation=,
738 and an accompanying helper method
739 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.CanSleep() and property
740 org.freedesktop.login1.Manager.SleepOperation.
741
742 'systemctl sleep' calls the new method to automatically put the
743 machine to sleep in the most appropriate way.
744
745 Credential Management:
746
747 * systemd-creds now provides a Varlink IPC API for encrypting and
748 decrypting credentials.
749
750 * systemd-creds' "tpm2-absent" key selection has been renamed to
751 "null", since that's what it actually does: "encrypt" and "sign"
752 with a fixed null key. --with-key=null should only be used in very
753 specific cases, as it provides zero integrity or confidentiality
754 protections. (i.e. it's only safe to use as fallback in environments
755 lacking both a TPM and access to the root fs to use the host
756 encryption key, or when integrity is provided some other way.)
757
758 * systemd-creds gained a new switch --allow-null. If specified, the
759 "decrypt" verb will decode encrypted credentials that use the "null"
760 key (by default this is refused, since using the "null" key defeats
761 the authenticated encryption normally done).
762
763 Suspend & Hibernate:
764
765 * The sleep.conf configuration file gained a new MemorySleepMode=
766 setting for configuring the sleep mode in more detail.
767
768 * A tiny new service systemd-hibernate-clear.service has been added
769 which clears hibernation information from the HibernateLocation EFI
770 variable, in case the resume device is gone. Normally, this variable
771 is supposed to be cleaned up by the code that initiates the resume
772 from hibernation image. But when the device is missing and that code
773 doesn't run, this service will now do the necessary work, ensuring
774 that no outdated hibernation image information remains on subsequent
775 boots.
776
777 Unprivileged User Namespaces & Mounts:
778
779 * A small new service systemd-nsresourced.service has been added. It
780 provides a Varlink IPC API that assigns a free, transiently allocated
781 64K UID/GID range to an uninitialized user namespace a client
782 provides. It may be used to implement unprivileged container managers
783 and other programs that need dynamic user ID ranges. It also provides
784 interfaces to then delegate mount file descriptors, control groups
785 and network interfaces to user namespaces set up this way.
786
787 * A small new service systemd-mountfsd.service has been added. It
788 provides a Varlink IPC API for mounting DDI images, and returning a set
789 of mount file descriptors for it. If a user namespace fd is provided
790 as input, then the mounts are registered with the user namespace. To
791 ensure trust in the image it must provide Verity information (or
792 alternatively interactive polkit authentication is required).
793
794 * The systemd-dissect tool now can access DDIs fully unprivileged by
795 using systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
796
797 * If the service manager runs unprivileged (i.e. systemd --user) it now
798 supports RootImage= for accessing DDI images, also implemented via
799 the systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
800
801 * systemd-nspawn may now operate without privileges, if a suitable DDI
802 is provided via --image=, again implemented via
803 systemd-nsresourced/systemd-mountfsd.
804
805 Other:
806
807 * timedatectl and machinectl gained option '-P', an alias for
808 '--value --property=…'.
809
810 * Various tools that pretty-print config files will now highlight
811 configuration directives.
812
813 * varlinkctl gained support for the "ssh:" transport. This requires
814 OpenSSH 9.4 or newer.
815
816 * systemd-sysext gained support for enabling system extensions in
817 mutable fashion, where a writeable upperdir is stored under
818 /var/lib/extensions.mutable/, and a new --mutable= option to
819 configure this behaviour. An "ephemeral" mode is not also supported
820 where the mutable layer is configured to be a tmpfs that is
821 automatically released when the system extensions are reattached.
822
823 * Coredumps are now retained for two weeks by default (instead of three
824 days, as before).
825
826 * portablectl --copy= parameter gained a new 'mixed' argument, that will
827 result in resources owned by the OS (e.g.: portable profiles) to be linked
828 but resources owned by the portable image (e.g.: the unit files and the
829 images themselves) to be copied.
830
831 * systemd will now register MIME types for various of its file types
832 (e.g. journal files, DDIs, encrypted credentials …) via the XDG
833 shared-mime-info infrastructure. (Files of these types will thus be
834 recognized as their own thing in desktop file managers such as GNOME
835 Files.)
836
837 * systemd-dissect will now show the detected sector size of a given DDI
838 in its default output.
839
840 * systemd-portabled now generates recognizable structured log messages
841 whenever a portable service is attached or detached.
842
843 * Verity signature checking in userspace (i.e. checking against
844 /etc/verity.d/ keys) when activating DDIs can now be turned on/off
845 via a kernel command line option systemd.allow_userspace_verity= and
846 an environment variable SYSTEMD_ALLOW_USERSPACE_VERITY=.
847
848 * ext4/xfs file system quota handling has been reworked, so that
849 quotacheck and quotaon are now invoked as per-file-system templated
850 services (as opposed to single system-wide singletons), similar in
851 style to the fsck, growfs, pcrfs logic. This means file systems with
852 quota enabled can now be reasonably enabled at runtime of the system,
853 not just at boot.
854
855 * "systemd-analyze dot" will now also show BindsTo= dependencies.
856
857 * systemd-debug-generator gained the ability add in arbitrary units
858 based on them being passed in via system credentials.
859
860 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.default_debug_tty= can be
861 used to specify the TTY for the debug shell, independently of
862 enabling or disabling it.
863
864 Contributions from: A S Alam, AKHIL KUMAR, Abraham Samuel Adekunle,
865 Adrian Vovk, Adrian Wannenmacher, Alan Liang, Alberto Planas,
866 Alexander Zavyalov, Anders Jonsson, Andika Triwidada, Andres Beltran,
867 Andrew Sayers, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arthur Zamarin, Artur Pak,
868 AtariDreams, Benjamin Franzke, Bernhard M. Wiedemann, Black-Hole1,
869 Bryan Jacobs, Burak Gerz, Carlos Garnacho, Chandra Pratap,
870 Chris Simons, Christian Wesselhoeft, Clayton Craft, Colin Geniet,
871 Colin Walters, Costa Tsaousis, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
872 Damien Challet, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, David Venhoek,
873 Diego Viola, Dionna Amalie Glaze, Dmitry Konishchev,
874 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eisuke Kawashima, Eli Schwartz,
875 Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Daigle, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
876 Felix Riemann, Fernando Fernandez Mancera, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
877 Frantisek Sumsal, Friedrich Altheide, Gabríel Arthúr Pétursson,
878 Gaël Donval, Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gerd Hoffmann, GNOME
879 Foundation, Guilhem Lettron, Göran Uddeborg, Hans de Goede, Harald
880 Brinkmann, Heinrich Schuchardt, Henry Li, Holger Assmann, Ivan Kruglov,
881 Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Sitnicki, James Muir, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Macku,
882 Jeff King, JmbFountain, Joakim Nohlgård, Julius Alexandre,
883 Jörg Behrmann, Keian, Kirk, Kristian Klausen, Krzesimir Nowak,
884 Lars Ellenberg, Lennart Poettering, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel,
885 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luxiter, Maanya Goenka, Mariano Giménez,
886 Markus Merklinger, Martin Ivicic, Martin Trigaux, Martin Wilck,
887 Matt Layher, Matt Muggeridge, Matteo Croce, Matthias Lisin,
888 Max Gautier, Max Staudt, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
889 Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, Mikko Ylinen, MkfsSion, MrSmör,
890 Nandakumar Raghavan, Nick Cao, Nick Rosbrook, Ole Peder Brandtzæg,
891 Ondrej Kozina, Oğuz Ersen, Pablo Méndez Hernández, Pierre GRASSER,
892 Piotr Drąg, QuonXF, Rafaël Kooi, Raito Bezarius, Reid Wahl,
893 Renjaya Raga Zenta, Richard Maw, Roland Hieber, Ronan Pigott, Rose,
894 Ross Burton, Sam Leonard, Samuel BF, Sergei Zhmylev, Sergey A, Shulhan,
895 SidhuRupinder, Sludge, Stuart Hayhurst, Susant Sahani,
896 Takashi Sakamoto, Temuri Doghonadze, Thilo Fromm, Thomas Blume,
897 TobiPeterG, Tomáš Pecka, Topi Miettinen, Tycho Andersen, Unique-Usman,
898 Usman Akinyemi, Vasiliy Kovalev, Vasiliy Stelmachenok,
899 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo,
900 Vladimir Stoiakin, Werner Sembach, Will Springer, Winterhuman,
901 Xiaotian Wu, Yu Watanabe, Yuri Chornoivan, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
902 Zmyeir, aslepykh, chenjiayi, cpackham-atlnz, cunshunxia, djantti,
903 hfavisado, hulkoba, ksaleem, medusalix, mille-feuille, mkubiak, mooo,
904 msizanoen, networkException, nl6720, r-vdp, runiq, samuelvw01,
905 sharad3001, sushmbha, wangyuhang, zzywysm, İ. Ensar Gülşen,
906 Štěpán Němec, 我超厉害, 김인수
907
908 — Happy Place, 2024-04-XX
909
910 CHANGES WITH 255:
911
912 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
913
914 * Support for split-usr (/usr/ mounted separately during late boot,
915 instead of being mounted by the initrd before switching to the rootfs)
916 and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and
917 /usr/lib/, …) has been removed. For more details, see:
918 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
919
920 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
921 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
922 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
923 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
924 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
925 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
926
927 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
928 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
929 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
930 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
931
932 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
933 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
934 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
935 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
936 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
937 user feedback.
938
939 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
940 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
941 release to be enabled by default.
942
943 * "systemctl switch-root" is now restricted to initrd transitions only.
944
945 Transitions between real systems should be done with
946 "systemctl soft-reboot" instead.
947
948 * The "ip=off" and "ip=none" kernel command line options interpreted by
949 systemd-network-generator will now result in IPv6RA + link-local
950 addressing being disabled, too. Previously DHCP was turned off, but
951 IPv6RA and IPv6 link-local addressing was left enabled.
952
953 * The NAMING_BRIDGE_MULTIFUNCTION_SLOT naming scheme has been deprecated
954 and is now disabled.
955
956 * SuspendMode=, HibernateState= and HybridSleepState= in the [Sleep]
957 section of systemd-sleep.conf are now deprecated and have no effect.
958 They did not (and could not) take any value other than the respective
959 default. HybridSleepMode= is also deprecated, and will now always use
960 the 'suspend' disk mode.
961
962 Service Manager:
963
964 * The way services are spawned has been overhauled. Previously, a
965 process was forked that shared all of the manager's memory (via
966 copy-on-write) while doing all the required setup (e.g.: mount
967 namespaces, CGroup configuration, etc.) before exec'ing the target
968 executable. This was problematic for various reasons: several glibc
969 APIs were called that are not supposed to be used after a fork but
970 before an exec, copy-on-write meant that if either process (the
971 manager or the child) touched a memory page a copy was triggered, and
972 also the memory footprint of the child process was that of the
973 manager, but with the memory limits of the service. From this version
974 onward, the new process is spawned using CLONE_VM and CLONE_VFORK
975 semantics via posix_spawn(3), and it immediately execs a new internal
976 binary, systemd-executor, that receives the configuration to apply
977 via memfd, and sets up the process before exec'ing the target
978 executable. The systemd-executor binary is pinned by file descriptor
979 by each manager instance (system and users), and the reference is
980 updated on daemon-reexec - it is thus important to reexec all running
981 manager instances when the systemd-executor and/or libsystemd*
982 libraries are updated on the filesystem.
983
984 * Most of the internal process tracking is being changed to use PIDFDs
985 instead of PIDs when the kernel supports it, to improve robustness
986 and reliability.
987
988 * A new option SurviveFinalKillSignal= can be used to configure the
989 unit to be skipped in the final SIGTERM/SIGKILL spree on shutdown.
990 This is part of the required configuration to let a unit's processes
991 survive a soft-reboot operation.
992
993 * System extension images (sysext) can now set
994 EXTENSION_RELOAD_MANAGER=1 in their extension-release files to
995 automatically reload the service manager (PID 1) when
996 merging/refreshing/unmerging on boot. Generally, while this can be
997 used to ship services in system extension images it's recommended to
998 do that via portable services instead.
999
1000 * The ExtensionImages= and ExtensionDirectories= options now support
1001 confexts images/directories.
1002
1003 * A new option NFTSet= provides a method for integrating dynamic cgroup
1004 IDs into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using this
1005 setting is to be able to use control group as a selector in firewall
1006 rules easily and this in turn allows more fine grained filtering.
1007 Also, NFT rules for cgroup matching use numeric cgroup IDs, which
1008 change every time a service is restarted, making them hard to use in
1009 systemd environment.
1010
1011 * A new option CoredumpReceive= can be set for service and scope units,
1012 together with Delegate=yes, to make systemd-coredump on the host
1013 forward core files from processes crashing inside the delegated
1014 CGroup subtree to systemd-coredump running in the container. This new
1015 option is by default used by systemd-nspawn containers that use the
1016 "--boot" switch.
1017
1018 * A new ConditionSecurity=measured-uki option is now available, to ensure
1019 a unit can only run when the system has been booted from a measured UKI.
1020
1021 * MemoryAvailable= now considers physical memory if there are no CGroup
1022 memory limits set anywhere in the tree.
1023
1024 * The $USER environment variable is now always set for services, while
1025 previously it was only set if User= was specified. A new option
1026 SetLoginEnvironment= is now supported to determine whether to also set
1027 $HOME, $LOGNAME, and $SHELL.
1028
1029 * Socket units now support a new pair of
1030 PollLimitBurst=/PollLimitInterval= options to configure a limit on
1031 how often polling events on the file descriptors backing this unit
1032 will be considered within a time window.
1033
1034 * Scope units can now be created using PIDFDs instead of PIDs to select
1035 the processes they should include.
1036
1037 * Sending SIGRTMIN+18 with 0x500 as sigqueue() value will now cause the
1038 manager to dump the list of currently pending jobs.
1039
1040 * If the kernel supports MOVE_MOUNT_BENEATH, the systemctl and
1041 machinectl bind and mount-image verbs will now cause the new mount to
1042 replace the old mount (if any), instead of overmounting it.
1043
1044 * Units now have MemoryPeak, MemorySwapPeak, MemorySwapCurrent and
1045 MemoryZSwapCurrent properties, which respectively contain the values
1046 of the cgroup v2's memory.peak, memory.swap.peak, memory.swap.current
1047 and memory.zswap.current properties. This information is also shown in
1048 "systemctl status" output, if available.
1049
1050 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
1051
1052 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a PCR bank and explicit hash
1053 value in the --tpm2-pcrs= option.
1054
1055 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows specifying a TPM2 key handle (nv
1056 index) to be used instead of the default SRK via the new
1057 --tpm2-seal-key-handle= option.
1058
1059 * systemd-cryptenroll now allows TPM2 enrollment using only a TPM2
1060 public key (in TPM2B_PUBLIC format) – without access to the TPM2
1061 device itself – which enables offline sealing of LUKS images for a
1062 specific TPM2 chip, as long as the SRK public key is known. Pass the
1063 public to the tool via the new --tpm2-device-key= switch.
1064
1065 * systemd-cryptsetup is now installed in /usr/bin/ and is no longer an
1066 internal-only executable.
1067
1068 * The TPM2 Storage Root Key will now be set up, if not already present,
1069 by a new systemd-tpm2-setup.service early boot service. The SRK will
1070 be stored in PEM format and TPM2_PUBLIC format (the latter is useful
1071 for systemd-cryptenroll --tpm2-device-key=, as mentioned above) for
1072 easier access. A new "srk" verb has been added to systemd-analyze to
1073 allow extracting it on demand if it is already set up.
1074
1075 * The internal systemd-pcrphase executable has been renamed to
1076 systemd-pcrextend.
1077
1078 * The systemd-pcrextend tool gained a new --pcr= switch to override
1079 which PCR to measure into.
1080
1081 * systemd-pcrextend now exposes a Varlink interface at
1082 io.systemd.PCRExtend that can be used to do measurements and event
1083 logging on demand.
1084
1085 * TPM measurements are now also written to an event log at
1086 /run/log/systemd/tpm2-measure.log, using a derivative of the TCG
1087 Canonical Event Log format. Previously we'd only log them to the
1088 journal, where they however were subject to rotation and similar.
1089
1090 * A new component "systemd-pcrlock" has been added that allows managing
1091 local TPM2 PCR policies for PCRs 0-7 and similar, which are hard to
1092 predict by the OS vendor because of the inherently local nature of
1093 what measurements they contain, such as firmware versions of the
1094 system and extension cards and suchlike. pcrlock can predict PCR
1095 measurements ahead of time based on various inputs, such as the local
1096 TPM2 event log, GPT partition tables, PE binaries, UKI kernels, and
1097 various other things. It can then pre-calculate a TPM2 policy from
1098 this, which it stores in an TPM2 NV index. TPM2 objects (such as disk
1099 encryption keys) can be locked against this NV index, so that they
1100 are locked against a specific combination of system firmware and
1101 state. Alternatives for each component are supported to allowlist
1102 multiple kernel versions or boot loader version simultaneously
1103 without losing access to the disk encryption keys. The tool can also
1104 be used to analyze and validate the local TPM2 event log.
1105 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-repart have all been
1106 updated to support such policies. There's currently no support for
1107 locking the system's root disk against a pcrlock policy, this will be
1108 added soon. Moreover, it is currently not possible to combine a
1109 pcrlock policy with a signed PCR policy. This component is
1110 experimental and its public interface is subject to change.
1111
1112 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1113
1114 * bootctl will now show whether the system was booted from a UKI in its
1115 status output.
1116
1117 * systemd-boot and systemd-stub now use different project keys in their
1118 respective SBAT sections, so that they can be revoked individually if
1119 needed.
1120
1121 * systemd-boot will no longer load unverified Devicetree blobs when UEFI
1122 SecureBoot is enabled. For more details see:
1123 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/security/advisories/GHSA-6m6p-rjcq-334c
1124
1125 * systemd-boot gained new hotkeys to reboot and power off the system
1126 from the boot menu ("B" and "O"). If the "auto-poweroff" and
1127 "auto-reboot" options in loader.conf are set these entries are also
1128 shown as menu items (which is useful on devices lacking a regular
1129 keyboard).
1130
1131 * systemd-boot gained a new configuration value "menu-disabled" for the
1132 set-timeout option, to allow completely disabling the boot menu,
1133 including the hotkey.
1134
1135 * systemd-boot will now measure the content of loader.conf in TPM2
1136 PCR 5.
1137
1138 * systemd-stub will now concatenate the content of all kernel
1139 command-line addons before measuring them in TPM2 PCR 12, in a single
1140 measurement, instead of measuring them individually.
1141
1142 * systemd-stub will now measure and load Devicetree Blob addons, which
1143 are searched and loaded following the same model as the existing
1144 kernel command-line addons.
1145
1146 * systemd-stub will now ignore unauthenticated kernel command line options
1147 passed from systemd-boot when running inside Confidential VMs with UEFI
1148 SecureBoot enabled.
1149
1150 * systemd-stub will now load a Devicetree blob even if the firmware did
1151 not load any beforehand (e.g.: for ACPI systems).
1152
1153 * ukify is no longer considered experimental, and now ships in /usr/bin/.
1154
1155 * ukify gained a new verb inspect to describe the sections of a UKI and
1156 print the contents of the well-known sections.
1157
1158 * ukify gained a new verb genkey to generate a set of key pairs for
1159 signing UKIs and their PCR data.
1160
1161 * The 90-loaderentry kernel-install hook now supports installing device
1162 trees.
1163
1164 * kernel-install now supports the --json=, --root=, --image=, and
1165 --image-policy= options for the inspect verb.
1166
1167 * kernel-install now supports new list and add-all verbs. The former
1168 lists all installed kernel images (if those are available in
1169 /usr/lib/modules/). The latter will install all the kernels it can
1170 find to the ESP.
1171
1172 systemd-repart:
1173
1174 * A new option --copy-from= has been added that synthesizes partition
1175 definitions from the given image, which are then applied by the
1176 systemd-repart algorithm.
1177
1178 * A new option --copy-source= has been added, which can be used to specify
1179 a directory to which CopyFiles= is considered relative to.
1180
1181 * New --make-ddi=confext, --make-ddi=sysext, and --make-ddi=portable
1182 options have been added to make it easier to generate these types of
1183 DDIs, without having to provide repart.d definitions for them.
1184
1185 * The dm-verity salt and UUID will now be derived from the specified
1186 seed value.
1187
1188 * New VerityDataBlockSizeBytes= and VerityHashBlockSizeBytes= can now be
1189 configured in repart.d/ configuration files.
1190
1191 * A new Subvolumes= setting is now supported in repart.d/ configuration
1192 files, to indicate which directories in the target partition should be
1193 btrfs subvolumes.
1194
1195 * A new --tpm2-device-key= option can be used to lock a disk against a
1196 specific TPM2 public key. This matches the same switch the
1197 systemd-cryptenroll tool now supports (see above).
1198
1199 Journal:
1200
1201 * The journalctl --lines= parameter now accepts +N to show the oldest N
1202 entries instead of the newest.
1203
1204 * journald now ensures that sealing happens once per epoch, and sets a
1205 new compatibility flag to distinguish old journal files that were
1206 created before this change, for backward compatibility.
1207
1208 Device Management:
1209
1210 * udev will now create symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1211 /dev/disk/by-loop-ref/ directory that are based on the .lo_file_name
1212 string field selected during allocation. The systemd-dissect tool and
1213 the util-linux losetup command now supports a complementing new switch
1214 --loop-ref= for selecting the string. This means a loopback block
1215 device may now be allocated under a caller-chosen reference and can
1216 subsequently be referenced without first having to look up the block
1217 device name the caller ended up with.
1218
1219 * udev also creates symlinks to loopback block devices in the
1220 /dev/disk/by-loop-inode/ directory based on the .st_dev/st_ino fields
1221 of the inode attached to the loopback block device. This means that
1222 attaching a file to a loopback device will implicitly make a handle
1223 available to be found via that file's inode information.
1224
1225 * udevadm info gained support for JSON output via a new --json= flag, and
1226 for filtering output using the same mechanism that udevadm trigger
1227 already implements.
1228
1229 * The predictable network interface naming logic is extended to include
1230 the SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface names.
1231 This feature was intended for v254, but even though the code was
1232 merged, the part that actually enabled the feature was forgotten.
1233 It is now enabled by default and is part of the new "v255" naming
1234 scheme.
1235
1236 * A new hwdb/rules file has been added that sets the
1237 ID_NET_AUTO_LINK_LOCAL_ONLY=1 udev property on all network interfaces
1238 that should usually only be configured with link-local addressing
1239 (IPv4LL + IPv6LL), i.e. for PC-to-PC cables ("laplink") or
1240 Thunderbolt networking. systemd-networkd and NetworkManager (soon)
1241 will make use of this information to apply an appropriate network
1242 configuration by default.
1243
1244 * The ID_NET_DRIVER property on network interfaces is now set
1245 relatively early in the udev rule set so that other rules may rely on
1246 its use. This is implemented in a new "net-driver" udev built-in.
1247
1248 Network Management:
1249
1250 * The "duid-only" option for DHCPv4 client's ClientIdentifier= setting
1251 is now dropped, as it never worked, hence it should not be used by
1252 anyone.
1253
1254 * The 'prefixstable' ipv6 address generation mode now considers the SSID
1255 when generating stable addresses, so that a different stable address
1256 is used when roaming between wireless networks. If you already use
1257 'prefixstable' addresses with wireless networks, the stable address
1258 will be changed by the update.
1259
1260 * The DHCPv4 client gained a RapidCommit option, true by default, which
1261 enables RFC4039 Rapid Commit behavior to obtain a lease in a
1262 simplified 2-message exchange instead of the typical 4-message
1263 exchange, if also supported by the DHCP server.
1264
1265 * The DHCPv4 client gained new InitialCongestionWindow= and
1266 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= options for route configurations.
1267
1268 * The DHCPv4 client gained a new RequestAddress= option that allows
1269 to send a preferred IP address in the initial DHCPDISCOVER message.
1270
1271 * The DHCPv4 server and client gained support for IPv6-only mode
1272 (RFC8925).
1273
1274 * The SendHostname= and Hostname= options are now available for the
1275 DHCPv6 client, independently of the DHCPv4= option, so that these
1276 configuration values can be set independently for each client.
1277
1278 * The DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 client state can now be queried via D-Bus,
1279 including lease information.
1280
1281 * The DHCPv6 client can now be configured to use a custom DUID type.
1282
1283 * .network files gained a new IPv4ReversePathFilter= setting in the
1284 [Network] section, to control sysctl's rp_filter setting.
1285
1286 * .network files gaiend a new HopLimit= setting in the [Route] section,
1287 to configure a per-route hop limit.
1288
1289 * .network files gained a new TCPRetransmissionTimeoutSec= setting in
1290 the [Route] section, to configure a per-route TCP retransmission
1291 timeout.
1292
1293 * A new directive NFTSet= provides a method for integrating network
1294 configuration into firewall rules with NFT sets. The benefit of using
1295 this setting is that static network configuration or dynamically
1296 obtained network addresses can be used in firewall rules with the
1297 indirection of NFT set types.
1298
1299 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section supports the following new options:
1300 UsePREF64=, UseHopLimit=, UseICMP6RateLimit=, and NFTSet=.
1301
1302 * The [IPv6SendRA] section supports the following new options:
1303 RetransmitSec=, HopLimit=, HomeAgent=, HomeAgentLifetimeSec=, and
1304 HomeAgentPreference=.
1305
1306 * A new [IPv6PREF64Prefix] set of options, containing Prefix= and
1307 LifetimeSec=, has been introduced to append pref64 options in router
1308 advertisements (RFC8781).
1309
1310 * The network generator now configures the interfaces with only
1311 link-local addressing if "ip=link-local" is specified on the kernel
1312 command line.
1313
1314 * The prefix of the configuration files generated by the network
1315 generator from the kernel command line is now prefixed with '70-',
1316 to make them have higher precedence over the default configuration
1317 files.
1318
1319 * Added a new -Ddefault-network=BOOL meson option, that causes more
1320 .network files to be installed as enabled by default. These configuration
1321 files will which match generic setups, e.g. 89-ethernet.network matches
1322 all Ethernet interfaces and enables both DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 clients.
1323
1324 * If a ID_NET_MANAGED_BY= udev property is set on a network device and
1325 it is any other string than "io.systemd.Network" then networkd will
1326 not manage this device. This may be used to allow multiple network
1327 management services to run in parallel and assign ownership of
1328 specific devices explicitly. NetworkManager will soon implement a
1329 similar logic.
1330
1331 systemctl:
1332
1333 * systemctl is-failed now checks the system state if no unit is
1334 specified.
1335
1336 * systemctl will now automatically soft-reboot if a new root file system
1337 is found under /run/nextroot/ when a reboot operation is invoked.
1338
1339 Login management:
1340
1341 * Wall messages now work even when utmp support is disabled, using
1342 systemd-logind to query the necessary information.
1343
1344 * systemd-logind now sends a new PrepareForShutdownWithMetadata D-Bus
1345 signal before shutdown/reboot/soft-reboot that includes additional
1346 information compared to the PrepareForShutdown signal. Currently the
1347 additional information is the type of operation that is about to be
1348 executed.
1349
1350 Hibernation & Suspend:
1351
1352 * The kernel and OS versions will no longer be checked on resume from
1353 hibernation.
1354
1355 * Hibernation into swap files backed by btrfs are now
1356 supported. (Previously this was supported only for other file
1357 systems.)
1358
1359 Other:
1360
1361 * A new systemd-vmspawn tool has been added, that aims to provide for VMs
1362 the same interfaces and functionality that systemd-nspawn provides for
1363 containers. For now it supports QEMU as a backend, and exposes some of
1364 its options to the user. This component is experimental and its public
1365 interface is subject to change.
1366
1367 * "systemd-analyze plot" has gained tooltips on each unit name with
1368 related-unit information in its svg output, such as Before=,
1369 Requires=, and similar properties.
1370
1371 * A new varlinkctl tool has been added to allow interfacing with
1372 Varlink services, and introspection has been added to all such
1373 services. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1374 subject to change.
1375
1376 * systemd-sysext and systemd-confext now expose a Varlink service
1377 at io.systemd.sysext.
1378
1379 * portable services now accept confexts as extensions.
1380
1381 * systemd-sysupdate now accepts directories in the MatchPattern= option.
1382
1383 * systemd-run will now output the invocation ID of the launched
1384 transient unit and its peak memory usage.
1385
1386 * systemd-analyze, systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-sysusers, systemd-sysctl,
1387 and systemd-binfmt gained a new --tldr option that can be used instead
1388 of --cat-config to suppress uninteresting configuration lines, such as
1389 comments and whitespace.
1390
1391 * resolvectl gained a new "show-server-state" command that shows
1392 current statistics of the resolver. This is backed by a new
1393 DumpStatistics() Varlink method provided by systemd-resolved.
1394
1395 * systemd-timesyncd will now emit a D-Bus signal when the LinkNTPServers
1396 property changes.
1397
1398 * vconsole now supports KEYMAP=@kernel for preserving the kernel keymap
1399 as-is.
1400
1401 * seccomp now supports the LoongArch64 architecture.
1402
1403 * seccomp may now be enabled for services running as a non-root User=
1404 without NoNewPrivileges=yes.
1405
1406 * systemd-id128 now supports a new -P option to show only values. The
1407 combination of -P and --app options is also supported.
1408
1409 * A new pam_systemd_loadkey.so PAM module is now available, which will
1410 automatically fetch the passphrase used by cryptsetup to unlock the
1411 root file system and set it as the PAM authtok. This enables, among
1412 other things, configuring auto-unlock of the GNOME Keyring / KDE
1413 Wallet when autologin is configured.
1414
1415 * Many meson options now use the 'feature' type, which means they
1416 take enabled/disabled/auto as values.
1417
1418 * A new meson option -Dconfigfiledir= can be used to change where
1419 configuration files with default values are installed to.
1420
1421 * Options and verbs in man pages are now tagged with the version they
1422 were first introduced in.
1423
1424 * A new component "systemd-storagetm" has been added, which exposes all
1425 local block devices as NVMe-TCP devices, fully automatically. It's
1426 hooked into a new target unit storage-target-mode.target that is
1427 suppsoed to be booted into via
1428 rd.systemd.unit=storage-target-mode.target on the kernel command
1429 line. This is intended to be used for installers and debugging to
1430 quickly get access to the local disk. It's inspired by MacOS "target
1431 disk mode". This component is experimental and its public interface is
1432 subject to change.
1433
1434 * A new component "systemd-bsod" has been added, which can show logged
1435 error messages full screen, if they have a log level of LOG_EMERG log
1436 level. This component is experimental and its public interface is
1437 subject to change.
1438
1439 * The systemd-dissect tool's --with command will now set the
1440 $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE environment variable to the block device it
1441 operates on for the invoked process.
1442
1443 * The systemd-mount tool gained a new --tmpfs switch for mounting a new
1444 'tmpfs' instance. This is useful since it does so via .mount units
1445 and thus can be executed remotely or in containers.
1446
1447 * The various tools in systemd that take "verbs" (such as systemctl,
1448 loginctl, machinectl, …) now will suggest a close verb name in case
1449 the user specified an unrecognized one.
1450
1451 * libsystemd now exports a new function sd_id128_get_app_specific()
1452 that generates "app-specific" 128bit IDs from any ID. It's similar to
1453 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() and
1454 sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific() but takes the ID to base calculation
1455 on as input. This new functionality is also exposed in the
1456 "systemd-id128" tool where you can now combine --app= with `show`.
1457
1458 * All tools that parse timestamps now can also parse RFC3339 style
1459 timestamps that include the "T" and Z" characters.
1460
1461 * New documentation has been added:
1462
1463 https://systemd.io/FILE_DESCRIPTOR_STORE
1464 https://systemd.io/TPM2_PCR_MEASUREMENTS
1465 https://systemd.io/MOUNT_REQUIREMENTS
1466
1467 * The codebase now recognizes the suffix .confext.raw and .sysext.raw
1468 as alternative to the .raw suffix generally accepted for DDIs. It is
1469 recommended to name configuration extensions and system extensions
1470 with such suffixes, to indicate their purpose in the name.
1471
1472 * The sd-device API gained a new function
1473 sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property_required() which allows
1474 configuring matches on properties that are strictly required. This is
1475 different from the existing sd_device_enumerator_add_match_property()
1476 matches of which one one needs to apply.
1477
1478 * The MAC address the veth side of an nspawn container shall get
1479 assigned may now be controlled via the $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_NETWORK_MAC
1480 environment variable.
1481
1482 * The libiptc dependency is now implemented via dlopen(), so that tools
1483 such as networkd and nspawn no longer have a hard dependency on the
1484 shared library when compiled with support for libiptc.
1485
1486 * New rpm macros have been added: %systemd_user_daemon_reexec does
1487 daemon-reexec for all user managers, and %systemd_postun_with_reload
1488 and %systemd_user_postun_with_reload do a reload for system and user
1489 units on upgrades.
1490
1491 * coredumpctl now propagates SIGTERM to the debugger process.
1492
1493 Contributions from: 김인수, Abderrahim Kitouni, Adam Goldman,
1494 Adam Williamson, Alexandre Peixoto Ferreira, Alex Hudspith,
1495 Alvin Alvarado, André Paiusco, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1496 Anton Lundin, Arian van Putten, Arseny Maslennikov, Arthur Shau,
1497 Balázs Úr, beh_10257, Benjamin Peterson, Bertrand Jacquin,
1498 Brian Norris, Charles Lee, Cheng-Chia Tseng, Chris Patterson,
1499 Christian Hergert, Christian Hesse, Christian Kirbach,
1500 Clayton Craft, commondservice, cunshunxia, Curtis Klein, cvlc12,
1501 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek,
1502 Daniel Thompson, Dan Nicholson, Dan Streetman, David Rheinsberg,
1503 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
1504 Diego Viola, Dmitry V. Levin, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito,
1505 Emil Renner Berthing, Emil Velikov, Etienne Dechamps, Fabian Vogt,
1506 felixdoerre, Felix Dörre, Florian Schmaus, Franck Bui,
1507 Frantisek Sumsal, G2-Games, Gioele Barabucci, Hugo Carvalho,
1508 huyubiao, Iago López Galeiras, IllusionMan1212, Jade Lovelace,
1509 janana, Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jeremy Fleischman,
1510 Jin Liu, jjimbo137, Joerg Behrmann, Johannes Segitz, Jordan Rome,
1511 Jordan Williams, Julien Malka, Juno Computers, Khem Raj, khm,
1512 Kingbom Dou, Kiran Vemula, Krzesimir Nowak, Laszlo Gombos,
1513 Lennart Poettering, linuxlion, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Adriano Salles,
1514 Lukas, Lukáš Nykrýn, Maanya Goenka, Maarten, Malte Poll,
1515 Marc Pervaz Boocha, Martin Beneš, Martin Joerg, Martin Wilck,
1516 Mathieu Tortuyaux, Matthias Schiffer, Maxim Mikityanskiy,
1517 Max Kellermann, Michael A Cassaniti, Michael Biebl, Michael Kuhn,
1518 Michael Vasseur, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan,
1519 Milton D. Miller II, mordner, msizanoen, NAHO, Nandakumar Raghavan,
1520 Neil Wilson, Nick Rosbrook, Nils K, NRK, Oğuz Ersen,
1521 Omojola Joshua, onenowy, Paul Meyer, Paymon MARANDI, pelaufer,
1522 Peter Hutterer, PhylLu, Pierre GRASSER, Piotr Drąg, Priit Laes,
1523 Rahil Bhimjiani, Raito Bezarius, Raul Cheleguini, Reto Schneider,
1524 Richard Maw, Robby Red, RoepLuke, Roland Hieber, Roland Singer,
1525 Ronan Pigott, Sam James, Sam Leonard, Sergey A, Susant Sahani,
1526 Sven Joachim, Tad Fisher, Takashi Sakamoto, Thorsten Kukuk, Tj,
1527 Tomasz Świątek, Topi Miettinen, Valentin David,
1528 Valentin Lefebvre, Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Haupert,
1529 Vishal Chillara Srinivas, Vito Caputo, Warren, Weblate,
1530 Xiaotian Wu, xinpeng wang, Yaron Shahrabani, Yo-Jung Lin,
1531 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zeroskyx,
1532 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1533
1534 — Edinburgh, 2023-12-06
1535
1536 CHANGES WITH 254:
1537
1538 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
1539
1540 * The next release (v255) will remove support for split-usr (/usr/
1541 mounted separately during late boot, instead of being mounted by the
1542 initrd before switching to the rootfs) and unmerged-usr (parallel
1543 directories /bin/ and /usr/bin/, /lib/ and /usr/lib/, …). For more
1544 details, see:
1545 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
1546
1547 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from a systemd release after
1548 the end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of
1549 cgroup v1 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate
1550 hierarchies for each controller), please implement compatibility with
1551 cgroup v2 (i.e. the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later.
1552 Most of Linux userspace has been ported over already.
1553
1554 * Support for System V service scripts is now deprecated and will be
1555 removed in a future release. Please make sure to update your software
1556 *now* to include a native systemd unit file instead of a legacy
1557 System V script to retain compatibility with future systemd releases.
1558
1559 * Support for the SystemdOptions EFI variable is deprecated.
1560 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' will emit a warning when used. It seems
1561 that this feature is little-used and it is better to use alternative
1562 approaches like credentials and confexts. The plan is to drop support
1563 altogether at a later point, but this might be revisited based on
1564 user feedback.
1565
1566 * EnvironmentFile= now treats the line following a comment line
1567 trailing with escape as a non comment line. For details, see:
1568 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/issues/27975
1569
1570 * PrivateNetwork=yes and NetworkNamespacePath= now imply
1571 PrivateMounts=yes unless PrivateMounts=no is explicitly specified.
1572
1573 * Behaviour of sandboxing options for the per-user service manager
1574 units has changed. They now imply PrivateUsers=yes, which means user
1575 namespaces will be implicitly enabled when a sandboxing option is
1576 enabled in a user unit. Enabling user namespaces has the drawback
1577 that system users will no longer be visible (and processes/files will
1578 appear as owned by 'nobody') in the user unit.
1579
1580 By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
1581 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great
1582 source of confusion that has been reported by users over the years,
1583 due to how these options require an extra setting to be manually
1584 enabled when used in the per-user service manager, which is not
1585 needed in the system service manager. For more details, see:
1586 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
1587
1588 * systemd-run's switch --expand-environment= which currently is disabled
1589 by default when combined with --scope, will be changed in a future
1590 release to be enabled by default.
1591
1592 Security Relevant Changes:
1593
1594 * pam_systemd will now by default pass the CAP_WAKE_ALARM ambient
1595 process capability to invoked session processes of regular users on
1596 local seats (as well as to systemd --user), unless configured
1597 otherwise via data from JSON user records, or via the PAM module's
1598 parameter list. This is useful in order allow desktop tools such as
1599 GNOME's Alarm Clock application to set a timer for
1600 CLOCK_REALTIME_ALARM that wakes up the system when it elapses. A
1601 per-user service unit file may thus use AmbientCapability= to pass
1602 the capability to invoked processes. Note that this capability is
1603 relatively narrow in focus (in particular compared to other process
1604 capabilities such as CAP_SYS_ADMIN) and we already — by default —
1605 permit more impactful operations such as system suspend to local
1606 users.
1607
1608 Service Manager:
1609
1610 * Memory limits that apply while the unit is activating are now
1611 supported. Previously IO and CPU settings were already supported via
1612 StartupCPUWeight= and similar. The same logic has been added for the
1613 various manager and unit memory settings (DefaultStartupMemoryLow=,
1614 StartupMemoryLow=, StartupMemoryHigh=, StartupMemoryMax=,
1615 StartupMemorySwapMax=, StartupMemoryZSwapMax=).
1616
1617 * The service manager gained support for enqueuing POSIX signals to
1618 services that carry an additional integer value, exposing the
1619 sigqueue() system call. This is accessible via new D-Bus calls
1620 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.QueueSignalUnit() and
1621 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Unit.QueueSignal(), as well as in systemctl
1622 via the new --kill-value= option.
1623
1624 * systemctl gained a new "list-paths" verb, which shows all currently
1625 active .path units, similarly to how "systemctl list-timers" shows
1626 active timers, and "systemctl list-sockets" shows active sockets.
1627
1628 * systemctl gained a new --when= switch which is honoured by the various
1629 forms of shutdown (i.e. reboot, kexec, poweroff, halt) and allows
1630 scheduling these operations by time, similar in fashion to how this
1631 has been supported by SysV shutdown.
1632
1633 * If MemoryDenyWriteExecute= is enabled for a service and the kernel
1634 supports the new PR_SET_MDWE prctl() call, it is used instead of the
1635 seccomp()-based system call filter to achieve the same effect.
1636
1637 * A new set of kernel command line options is now understood:
1638 systemd.tty.term.<name>=, systemd.tty.rows.<name>=,
1639 systemd.tty.columns.<name>= allow configuring the TTY type and
1640 dimensions for the tty specified via <name>. When systemd invokes a
1641 service on a tty (via TTYName=) it will look for these and configure
1642 the TTY accordingly. This is particularly useful in VM environments
1643 to propagate host terminal settings into the appropriate TTYs of the
1644 guest.
1645
1646 * A new RootEphemeral= setting is now understood in service units. It
1647 takes a boolean argument. If enabled for services that use RootImage=
1648 or RootDirectory= an ephemeral copy of the disk image or directory
1649 tree is made when the service is started. It is removed automatically
1650 when the service is stopped. That ephemeral copy is made using
1651 btrfs/xfs reflinks or btrfs snapshots, if available.
1652
1653 * The service activation logic gained new settings RestartSteps= and
1654 RestartMaxDelaySec= which allow exponentially-growing restart
1655 intervals for Restart=.
1656
1657 * The service activation logic gained a new setting RestartMode= which
1658 can be set to 'direct' to skip the inactive/failed states when
1659 restarting, so that dependent units are not notified until the service
1660 converges to a final (successful or failed) state. For example, this
1661 means that OnSuccess=/OnFailure= units will not be triggered until the
1662 service state has converged.
1663
1664 * PID 1 will now automatically load the virtio_console kernel module
1665 during early initialization if running in a suitable VM. This is done
1666 so that early-boot logging can be written to the console if available.
1667
1668 * Similarly, virtio-vsock support is loaded early in suitable VM
1669 environments. PID 1 will send sd_notify() notifications via AF_VSOCK
1670 to the VMM if configured, thus loading this early is beneficial.
1671
1672 * A new verb "fdstore" has been added to systemd-analyze to show the
1673 current contents of the file descriptor store of a unit. This is
1674 backed by a new D-Bus call DumpUnitFileDescriptorStore() provided by
1675 the service manager.
1676
1677 * The service manager will now set a new $FDSTORE environment variable
1678 when invoking processes for services that have the file descriptor
1679 store enabled.
1680
1681 * A new service option FileDescriptorStorePreserve= has been added that
1682 allows tuning the lifecycle of the per-service file descriptor store.
1683 If set to "yes", the entries in the fd store are retained even after
1684 the service has been fully stopped.
1685
1686 * The "systemctl clean" command may now be used to clear the fdstore of
1687 a service.
1688
1689 * Unit *.preset files gained a new directive "ignore", in addition to
1690 the existing "enable" and "disable". As the name suggests, matching
1691 units are left unchanged, i.e. neither enabled nor disabled.
1692
1693 * Service units gained a new setting DelegateSubgroup=. It takes the
1694 name of a sub-cgroup to place any processes the service manager forks
1695 off in. Previously, the service manager would place all service
1696 processes directly in the top-level cgroup it created for the
1697 service. This usually meant that main process in a service with
1698 delegation enabled would first have to create a subgroup and move
1699 itself down into it, in order to not conflict with the "no processes
1700 in inner cgroups" rule of cgroup v2. With this option, this step is
1701 now handled by PID 1.
1702
1703 * The service manager will now look for .upholds/ directories,
1704 similarly to the existing support for .wants/ and .requires/
1705 directories. Symlinks in this directory result in Upholds=
1706 dependencies.
1707
1708 The [Install] section of unit files gained support for a new
1709 UpheldBy= directive to generate .upholds/ symlinks automatically when
1710 a unit is enabled.
1711
1712 * The service manager now supports a new kernel command line option
1713 systemd.default_device_timeout_sec=, which may be used to override
1714 the default timeout for .device units.
1715
1716 * A new "soft-reboot" mechanism has been added to the service manager.
1717 A "soft reboot" is similar to a regular reboot, except that it
1718 affects userspace only: the service manager shuts down any running
1719 services and other units, then optionally switches into a new root
1720 file system (mounted to /run/nextroot/), and then passes control to a
1721 systemd instance in the new file system which then starts the system
1722 up again. The kernel is not rebooted and neither is the hardware,
1723 firmware or boot loader. This provides a fast, lightweight mechanism
1724 to quickly reset or update userspace, without the latency that a full
1725 system reset involves. Moreover, open file descriptors may be passed
1726 across the soft reboot into the new system where they will be passed
1727 back to the originating services. This allows pinning resources
1728 across the reboot, thus minimizing grey-out time further. This new
1729 reboot mechanism is accessible via the new "systemctl soft-reboot"
1730 command.
1731
1732 * Services using RootDirectory= or RootImage= will now have read-only
1733 access to a copy of the host's os-release file under
1734 /run/host/os-release, which will be kept up-to-date on 'soft-reboot'.
1735 This was already the case for Portable Services, and the feature has
1736 now been extended to all services that do not run off the host's
1737 root filesystem.
1738
1739 * A new service setting MemoryKSM= has been added to enable kernel
1740 same-page merging individually for services.
1741
1742 * A new service setting ImportCredentials= has been added that augments
1743 LoadCredential= and LoadCredentialEncrypted= and searches for
1744 credentials to import from the system, and supports globbing.
1745
1746 * A new job mode "restart-dependencies" has been added to the service
1747 manager (exposed via systemctl --job-mode=). It is only valid when
1748 used with "start" jobs, and has the effect that the "start" job will
1749 be propagated as "restart" jobs to currently running units that have
1750 a BindsTo= or Requires= dependency on the started unit.
1751
1752 * A new verb "whoami" has been added to "systemctl" which determines as
1753 part of which unit the command is being invoked. It writes the unit
1754 name to standard output. If one or more PIDs are specified reports
1755 the unit names the processes referenced by the PIDs belong to.
1756
1757 * The system and service credential logic has been improved: there's
1758 now a clearly defined place where system provisioning tools running
1759 in the initrd can place credentials that will be imported into the
1760 system's set of credentials during the initrd → host transition: the
1761 /run/credentials/@initrd/ directory. Once the credentials placed
1762 there are imported into the system credential set they are deleted
1763 from this directory, and the directory itself is deleted afterwards
1764 too.
1765
1766 * A new kernel command line option systemd.set_credential_binary= has
1767 been added, that is similar to the pre-existing
1768 systemd.set_credential= but accepts arbitrary binary credential data,
1769 encoded in Base64. Note that the kernel command line is not a
1770 recommend way to transfer credentials into a system, since it is
1771 world-readable from userspace.
1772
1773 * The default machine ID to use may now be configured via the
1774 system.machine_id system credential. It will only be used if no
1775 machine ID was set yet on the host.
1776
1777 * On Linux kernel 6.4 and newer system and service credentials will now
1778 be placed in a tmpfs instance that has the "noswap" mount option
1779 set. Previously, a "ramfs" instance was used. By switching to tmpfs
1780 ACL support and overall size limits can now be enforced, without
1781 compromising on security, as the memory is never paged out either
1782 way.
1783
1784 * The service manager now can detect when it is running in a
1785 'Confidential Virtual Machine', and a corresponding 'cvm' value is now
1786 accepted by ConditionSecurity= for units that want to conditionalize
1787 themselves on this. systemd-detect-virt gained new 'cvm' and
1788 '--list-cvm' switches to respectively perform the detection or list
1789 all known flavours of confidential VM, depending on the vendor. The
1790 manager will publish a 'ConfidentialVirtualization' D-Bus property,
1791 and will also set a SYSTEMD_CONFIDENTIAL_VIRTUALIZATION= environment
1792 variable for unit generators. Finally, udev rules can match on a new
1793 'cvm' key that will be set when in a confidential VM.
1794 Additionally, when running in a 'Confidential Virtual Machine', SMBIOS
1795 strings and QEMU's fw_cfg protocol will not be used to import
1796 credentials and kernel command line parameters by the system manager,
1797 systemd-boot and systemd-stub, because the hypervisor is considered
1798 untrusted in this particular setting.
1799
1800 Journal:
1801
1802 * The sd-journal API gained a new call sd_journal_get_seqnum() to
1803 retrieve the current log record's sequence number and sequence number
1804 ID, which allows applications to order records the same way as
1805 journal does internally. The sequence number is now also exported in
1806 the JSON and "export" output of the journal.
1807
1808 * journalctl gained a new switch --truncate-newline. If specified
1809 multi-line log records will be truncated at the first newline,
1810 i.e. only the first line of each log message will be shown.
1811
1812 * systemd-journal-upload gained support for --namespace=, similar to
1813 the switch of the same name of journalctl.
1814
1815 systemd-repart:
1816
1817 * systemd-repart's drop-in files gained a new ExcludeFiles= option which
1818 may be used to exclude certain files from the effect of CopyFiles=.
1819
1820 * systemd-repart's Verity support now implements the Minimize= setting
1821 to minimize the size of the resulting partition.
1822
1823 * systemd-repart gained a new --offline= switch, which may be used to
1824 control whether images shall be built "online" or "offline",
1825 i.e. whether to make use of kernel facilities such as loopback block
1826 devices and device mapper or not.
1827
1828 * If systemd-repart is told to populate a newly created ESP or XBOOTLDR
1829 partition with some files, it will now default to VFAT rather than
1830 ext4.
1831
1832 * systemd-repart gained a new --architecture= switch. If specified, the
1833 per-architecture GPT partition types (i.e. the root and /usr/
1834 partitions) configured in the partition drop-in files are
1835 automatically adjusted to match the specified CPU architecture, in
1836 order to simplify cross-architecture DDI building.
1837
1838 * systemd-repart will now default to a minimum size of 300MB for XFS
1839 filesystems if no size parameter is specified. This matches what the
1840 XFS tools (xfsprogs) can support.
1841
1842 systemd-boot, systemd-stub, ukify, bootctl, kernel-install:
1843
1844 * gnu-efi is no longer required to build systemd-boot and systemd-stub.
1845 Instead, pyelftools is now needed, and it will be used to perform the
1846 ELF -> PE relocations at build time.
1847
1848 * bootctl gained a new switch --print-root-device/-R that prints the
1849 block device the root file system is backed by. If specified twice,
1850 it returns the whole disk block device (as opposed to partition block
1851 device) the root file system is on. It's useful for invocations such
1852 as "cfdisk $(bootctl -RR)" to quickly show the partition table of the
1853 running OS.
1854
1855 * systemd-stub will now look for the SMBIOS Type 1 field
1856 "io.systemd.stub.kernel-cmdline-extra" and append its value to the
1857 kernel command line it invokes. This is useful for VMMs such as qemu
1858 to pass additional kernel command lines into the system even when
1859 booting via full UEFI. The contents of the field are measured into
1860 TPM PCR 12.
1861
1862 * The KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= setting for kernel-install gained a new
1863 value "auto". With this value, a kernel will be automatically
1864 analyzed, and if it qualifies as UKI, it will be installed as if the
1865 setting was to set to "uki", otherwise as "bls".
1866
1867 * systemd-stub can now optionally load UEFI PE "add-on" images that may
1868 contain additional kernel command line information. These "add-ons"
1869 superficially look like a regular UEFI executable, and are expected
1870 to be signed via SecureBoot/shim. However, they do not actually
1871 contain code, but instead a subset of the PE sections that UKIs
1872 support. They are supposed to provide a way to extend UKIs with
1873 additional resources in a secure and authenticated way. Currently,
1874 only the .cmdline PE section may be used in add-ons, in which case
1875 any specified string is appended to the command line embedded into
1876 the UKI itself. A new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub' is now provided that
1877 can be used to trivially create addons, via 'ukify' or 'objcopy'. In
1878 the future we expect other sections to be made extensible like this as
1879 well.
1880
1881 * ukify has been updated to allow building these UEFI PE "add-on"
1882 images, using the new 'addon<EFI-ARCH>.efi.stub'.
1883
1884 * ukify now accepts SBAT information to place in the .sbat PE section
1885 of UKIs and addons. If a UKI is built the SBAT information from the
1886 inner kernel is merged with any SBAT information associated with
1887 systemd-stub and the SBAT data specified on the ukify command line.
1888
1889 * The kernel-install script has been rewritten in C, and reuses much of
1890 the infrastructure of existing tools such as bootctl. It also gained
1891 --esp-path= and --boot-path= options to override the path to the ESP,
1892 and the $BOOT partition. Options --make-entry-directory= and
1893 --entry-token= have been added as well, similar to bootctl's options
1894 of the same name.
1895
1896 * A new kernel-install plugin 60-ukify has been added which will
1897 combine kernel/initrd locally into a UKI and optionally sign them
1898 with a local key. This may be used to switch to UKI mode even on
1899 systems where a local kernel or initrd is used. (Typically UKIs are
1900 built and signed by the vendor.)
1901
1902 * The ukify tool now supports "pesign" in addition to the pre-existing
1903 "sbsign" for signing UKIs.
1904
1905 * systemd-measure and systemd-stub now look for the .uname PE section
1906 that should contain the kernel's "uname -r" string.
1907
1908 * systemd-measure and ukify now calculate expected PCR hashes for a UKI
1909 "offline", i.e. without access to a TPM (physical or
1910 software-emulated).
1911
1912 Memory Pressure & Control:
1913
1914 * The sd-event API gained new calls sd_event_add_memory_pressure(),
1915 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_type(),
1916 sd_event_source_set_memory_pressure_period() to create and configure
1917 an event source that is called whenever the OS signals memory
1918 pressure. Another call sd_event_trim_memory() is provided that
1919 compacts the process' memory use by releasing allocated but unused
1920 malloc() memory back to the kernel. Services can also provide their
1921 own custom callback to do memory trimming. This should improve system
1922 behaviour under memory pressure, as on Linux traditionally provided
1923 no mechanism to return process memory back to the kernel if the
1924 kernel was under memory pressure. This makes use of the kernel's PSI
1925 interface. Most long-running services in systemd have been hooked up
1926 with this, and in particular systems with low memory should benefit
1927 from this.
1928
1929 * Service units gained new settings MemoryPressureWatch= and
1930 MemoryPressureThresholdSec= to configure the PSI memory pressure
1931 logic individually. If these options are used, the
1932 $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WATCH and $MEMORY_PRESSURE_WRITE environment
1933 variables will be set for the invoked processes to inform them about
1934 the requested memory pressure behaviour. (This is used by the
1935 aforementioned sd-events API additions, if set.)
1936
1937 * systemd-analyze gained a new "malloc" verb that shows the output
1938 generated by glibc's malloc_info() on services that support it. Right
1939 now, only the service manager has been updated accordingly. This
1940 call requires privileges.
1941
1942 User & Session Management:
1943
1944 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_session_get_username() to
1945 return the user name of the owner of a login session. It also gained
1946 a new call sd_session_get_start_time() to retrieve the time the login
1947 session started. A new call sd_session_get_leader() has been added to
1948 return the PID of the "leader" process of a session. A new call
1949 sd_uid_get_login_time() returns the time since the specified user has
1950 most recently been continuously logged in with at least one session.
1951
1952 * JSON user records gained a new set of fields capabilityAmbientSet and
1953 capabilityBoundingSet which contain a list of POSIX capabilities to
1954 set for the logged in users in the ambient and bounding sets,
1955 respectively. homectl gained the ability to configure these two sets
1956 for users via --capability-bounding-set=/--capability-ambient-set=.
1957
1958 * pam_systemd learnt two new module options
1959 default-capability-bounding-set= and default-capability-ambient-set=,
1960 which configure the default bounding sets for users as they are
1961 logging in, if the JSON user record doesn't specify this explicitly
1962 (see above). The built-in default for the ambient set now contains
1963 the CAP_WAKE_ALARM, thus allowing regular users who may log in
1964 locally to resume from a system suspend via a timer.
1965
1966 * The Session D-Bus objects systemd-logind gained a new SetTTY() method
1967 call to update the TTY of a session after it has been allocated. This
1968 is useful for SSH sessions which are typically allocated first, and
1969 for which a TTY is added later.
1970
1971 * The sd-login API gained a new call sd_pid_notifyf_with_fds() which
1972 combines the various other sd_pid_notify() flavours into one: takes a
1973 format string, an overriding PID, and a set of file descriptors to
1974 send. It also gained a new call sd_pid_notify_barrier() call which is
1975 equivalent to sd_notify_barrier() but allows the originating PID to
1976 be specified.
1977
1978 * "loginctl list-users" and "loginctl list-sessions" will now show the
1979 state of each logged in user/session in their tabular output. It will
1980 also show the current idle state of sessions.
1981
1982 DDIs:
1983
1984 * systemd-dissect will now show the intended CPU architecture of an
1985 inspected DDI.
1986
1987 * systemd-dissect will now install itself as mount helper for the "ddi"
1988 pseudo-file system type. This means you may now mount DDIs directly
1989 via /bin/mount or /etc/fstab, making full use of embedded Verity
1990 information and all other DDI features.
1991
1992 Example: mount -t ddi myimage.raw /some/where
1993
1994 * The systemd-dissect tool gained the new switches --attach/--detach to
1995 attach/detach a DDI to a loopback block device without mounting it.
1996 It will automatically derive the right sector size from the image
1997 and set up Verity and similar, but not mount the file systems in it.
1998
1999 * When systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the DDI mounting logic mount an
2000 ESP or XBOOTLDR partition the MS_NOSYMFOLLOW mount option is now
2001 implied. Given that these file systems are typically untrusted, this
2002 should make mounting them automatically have less of a security
2003 impact.
2004
2005 * All tools that parse DDIs (such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-dissect,
2006 systemd-tmpfiles, …) now understand a new switch --image-policy= which
2007 takes a string encoding image dissection policy. With this mechanism
2008 automatic discovery and use of specific partition types and the
2009 cryptographic requirements on the partitions (Verity, LUKS, …) can be
2010 restricted, permitting better control of the exposed attack surfaces
2011 when mounting disk images. systemd-gpt-auto-generator will honour such
2012 an image policy too, configurable via the systemd.image_policy= kernel
2013 command line option. Unit files gained the RootImagePolicy=,
2014 MountImagePolicy= and ExtensionImagePolicy= to configure the same for
2015 disk images a service runs off.
2016
2017 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "image-policy" to validate and
2018 parse image policy strings.
2019
2020 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --validate switch to
2021 superficially validate DDI structure, and check whether a specific
2022 image policy allows the DDI.
2023
2024 * systemd-dissect gained support for a new --mtree-hash switch to
2025 optionally disable calculating mtree hashes, which can be slow on
2026 large images.
2027
2028 * systemd-dissect --copy-to, --copy-from, --list and --mtree switches
2029 are now able to operate on directories too, other than images.
2030
2031 Network Management:
2032
2033 * networkd's GENEVE support as gained a new .network option
2034 InheritInnerProtocol=.
2035
2036 * The [Tunnel] section in .netdev files has gained a new setting
2037 IgnoreDontFragment for controlling the IPv4 "DF" flag of datagrams.
2038
2039 * A new global IPv6PrivacyExtensions= setting has been added that
2040 selects the default value of the per-network setting of the same
2041 name.
2042
2043 * The predictable network interface naming logic was extended to
2044 include SR-IOV-R "representor" information in network interface
2045 names. Unfortunately, this feature was not enabled by default and can
2046 only be enabled at compilation time by setting
2047 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme=v254.
2048
2049 * The DHCPv4 + DHCPv6 + IPv6 RA logic in networkd gained support for
2050 the RFC8910 captive portal option.
2051
2052 Device Management:
2053
2054 * udevadm gained the new "verify" verb for validating udev rules files
2055 offline.
2056
2057 * udev gained a new tool "iocost" that can be used to configure QoS IO
2058 cost data based on hwdb information onto suitable block devices. Also
2059 see https://github.com/iocost-benchmark/iocost-benchmarks.
2060
2061 TPM2 Support + Disk Encryption & Authentication:
2062
2063 * systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup will now install a TPM2 SRK
2064 ("Storage Root Key") as first step in the TPM2, and then use that
2065 for binding FDE to, if TPM2 support is used. This matches
2066 recommendations of TCG (see
2067 https://trustedcomputinggroup.org/wp-content/uploads/TCG-TPM-v2.0-Provisioning-Guidance-Published-v1r1.pdf)
2068
2069 * systemd-cryptenroll and other tools that take TPM2 PCR parameters now
2070 understand textual identifiers for these PCRs.
2071
2072 * systemd-veritysetup + /etc/veritytab gained support for a series of
2073 new options: hash-offset=, superblock=, format=, data-block-size=,
2074 hash-block-size=, data-blocks=, salt=, uuid=, hash=, fec-device=,
2075 fec-offset=, fec-roots= to configure various aspects of a Verity
2076 volume.
2077
2078 * systemd-cryptsetup + /etc/crypttab gained support for a new
2079 veracrypt-pim= option for setting the Personal Iteration Multiplier
2080 of veracrypt volumes.
2081
2082 * systemd-integritysetup + /etc/integritytab gained support for a new
2083 mode= setting for controlling the dm-integrity mode (journal, bitmap,
2084 direct) for the volume.
2085
2086 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "pcrs" that shows the known TPM PCR
2087 registers, their symbolic names and current values.
2088
2089 systemd-tmpfiles:
2090
2091 * The ACL support in tmpfiles.d/ has been updated: if an uppercase "X"
2092 access right is specified this is equivalent to "x" but only if the
2093 inode in question already has the executable bit set for at least
2094 some user/group. Otherwise the "x" bit will be turned off.
2095
2096 * tmpfiles.d/'s C line type now understands a new modifier "+": a line
2097 with C+ will result in a "merge" copy, i.e. all files of the source
2098 tree are copied into the target tree, even if that tree already
2099 exists, resulting in a combined tree of files already present in the
2100 target tree and those copied in.
2101
2102 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --graceful switch. If specified lines
2103 with unknown users/groups will silently be skipped.
2104
2105 systemd-notify:
2106
2107 * systemd-notify gained two new options --fd= and --fdname= for sending
2108 arbitrary file descriptors to the service manager (while specifying an
2109 explicit name for it).
2110
2111 * systemd-notify gained a new --exec switch, which makes it execute the
2112 specified command line after sending the requested messages. This is
2113 useful for sending out READY=1 first, and then continuing invocation
2114 without changing process ID, so that the tool can be nicely used
2115 within an ExecStart= line of a unit file that uses Type=notify.
2116
2117 sd-event + sd-bus APIs:
2118
2119 * The sd-event API gained a new call sd_event_source_leave_ratelimit()
2120 which may be used to explicitly end a rate-limit state an event
2121 source might be in, resetting all rate limiting counters.
2122
2123 * When the sd-bus library is used to make connections to AF_UNIX D-Bus
2124 sockets, it will now encode the "description" set via
2125 sd_bus_set_description() into the source socket address. It will also
2126 look for this information when accepting a connection. This is useful
2127 to track individual D-Bus connections on a D-Bus broker for debug
2128 purposes.
2129
2130 systemd-resolved:
2131
2132 * systemd-resolved gained a new resolved.conf setting
2133 StateRetentionSec= which may be used to retain cached DNS records
2134 even after their nominal TTL, and use them in case upstream DNS
2135 servers cannot be reached. This can be used to make name resolution
2136 more resilient in case of network problems.
2137
2138 * resolvectl gained a new verb "show-cache" to show the current cache
2139 contents of systemd-resolved. This verb communicates with the
2140 systemd-resolved daemon and requires privileges.
2141
2142 Other:
2143
2144 * Meson >= 0.60.0 is now required to build systemd.
2145
2146 * The default keymap to apply may now be chosen at build-time via the
2147 new -Ddefault-keymap= meson option.
2148
2149 * Most of systemd's long-running services now have a generic handler of
2150 the SIGRTMIN+18 signal handler which executes various operations
2151 depending on the sigqueue() parameter sent along. For example, values
2152 0x100…0x107 allow changing the maximum log level of such
2153 services. 0x200…0x203 allow changing the log target of such
2154 services. 0x300 make the services trim their memory similarly to the
2155 automatic PSI-triggered action, see above. 0x301 make the services
2156 output their malloc_info() data to the logs.
2157
2158 * machinectl gained new "edit" and "cat" verbs for editing .nspawn
2159 files, inspired by systemctl's verbs of the same name which edit unit
2160 files. Similarly, networkctl gained the same verbs for editing
2161 .network, .netdev, .link files.
2162
2163 * A new syscall filter group "@sandbox" has been added that contains
2164 syscalls for sandboxing system calls such as those for seccomp and
2165 Landlock.
2166
2167 * New documentation has been added:
2168
2169 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP
2170 https://systemd.io/MEMORY_PRESSURE
2171 smbios-type-11(7)
2172
2173 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --reset option. If specified, the
2174 settings in /etc/ it knows how to initialize are reset.
2175
2176 * systemd-sysext is now a multi-call binary and is also installed under
2177 the systemd-confext alias name (via a symlink). When invoked that way
2178 it will operate on /etc/ instead of /usr/ + /opt/. It thus becomes a
2179 powerful, atomic, secure configuration management of sorts, that
2180 locally can merge configuration from multiple confext configuration
2181 images into a single immutable tree.
2182
2183 * The --network-macvlan=, --network-ipvlan=, --network-interface=
2184 switches of systemd-nspawn may now optionally take the intended
2185 network interface inside the container.
2186
2187 * All our programs will now send an sd_notify() message with their exit
2188 status in the EXIT_STATUS= field when exiting, using the usual
2189 protocol, including PID 1. This is useful for VMMs and container
2190 managers to collect an exit status from a system as it shuts down, as
2191 set via "systemctl exit …". This is particularly useful in test cases
2192 and similar, as invocations via a VM can now nicely propagate an exit
2193 status to the host, similar to local processes.
2194
2195 * systemd-run gained a new switch --expand-environment=no to disable
2196 server-side environment variable expansion in specified command
2197 lines. Expansion defaults to enabled for all execution types except
2198 --scope, where it defaults to off (and prints a warning) for backward
2199 compatibility reasons. --scope will be flipped to enabled by default
2200 too in a future release. If you are using --scope and passing a '$'
2201 character in the payload you should start explicitly using
2202 --expand-environment=yes/no according to the use case.
2203
2204 * The systemd-system-update-generator has been updated to also look for
2205 the special flag file /etc/system-update in addition to the existing
2206 support for /system-update to decide whether to enter system update
2207 mode.
2208
2209 * The /dev/hugepages/ file system is now mounted with nosuid + nodev
2210 mount options by default.
2211
2212 * systemd-fstab-generator now understands two new kernel command line
2213 options systemd.mount-extra= and systemd.swap-extra=, which configure
2214 additional mounts or swaps in a format similar to /etc/fstab. 'fsck'
2215 will be ran on these block devices, like it already happens for
2216 'root='. It also now supports the new fstab.extra and
2217 fstab.extra.initrd credentials that may contain additional /etc/fstab
2218 lines to apply at boot.
2219
2220 * systemd-getty-generator now understands two new credentials
2221 getty.ttys.container and getty.ttys.serial. These credentials may
2222 contain a list of TTY devices – one per line – to instantiate
2223 container-getty@.service and serial-getty@.service on.
2224
2225 * The getty/serial-getty/container-getty units now import the 'agetty.*'
2226 and 'login.*' credentials, which are consumed by the 'login' and
2227 'agetty' programs starting from util-linux v2.40.
2228
2229 * systemd-sysupdate's sysupdate.d/ drop-ins gained a new setting
2230 PathRelativeTo=, which can be set to "esp", "xbootldr", "boot", in
2231 which case the Path= setting is taken relative to the ESP or XBOOTLDR
2232 partitions, rather than the system's root directory /. The relevant
2233 directories are automatically discovered.
2234
2235 * The systemd-ac-power tool gained a new switch --low, which reports
2236 whether the battery charge is considered "low", similar to how the
2237 s2h suspend logic checks this state to decide whether to enter system
2238 suspend or hibernation.
2239
2240 * The /etc/os-release file can now have two new optional fields
2241 VENDOR_NAME= and VENDOR_URL= to carry information about the vendor of
2242 the OS.
2243
2244 * When the system hibernates, information about the device and offset
2245 used is now written to a non-volatile EFI variable. On next boot the
2246 system will attempt to resume from the location indicated in this EFI
2247 variable. This should make hibernation a lot more robust, while
2248 requiring no manual configuration of the resume location.
2249
2250 * The $XDG_STATE_HOME environment variable (added in more recent
2251 versions of the XDG basedir specification) is now honoured to
2252 implement the StateDirectory= setting in user services.
2253
2254 * A new component "systemd-battery-check" has been added. It may run
2255 during early boot (usually in the initrd), and checks the battery
2256 charge level of the system. In case the charge level is very low the
2257 user is notified (graphically via Plymouth – if available – as well
2258 as in text form on the console), and the system is turned off after a
2259 10s delay. The feature can be disabled by passing
2260 systemd.battery_check=0 through the kernel command line.
2261
2262 * The 'passwdqc' library is now supported as an alternative to the
2263 'pwquality' library and can be selected at build time.
2264
2265 Contributions from: 김인수, 07416, Addison Snelling, Adrian Vovk,
2266 Aidan Dang, Alexander Krabler, Alfred Klomp, Anatoli Babenia,
2267 Andrei Stepanov, Andrew Baxter, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2268 Arian van Putten, Arthur Shau, A S Alam,
2269 Asier Sarasua Garmendia, Balló György, Bastien Nocera,
2270 Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Benjamin Raison, Bill Peterson,
2271 Brad Fitzpatrick, Brett Holman, bri, Chen Qi, Chitoku,
2272 Christian Hesse, Christoph Anton Mitterer, Christopher Gurnee,
2273 Colin Walters, Cornelius Hoffmann, Cristian Rodríguez, cunshunxia,
2274 cvlc12, Cyril Roelandt, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri,
2275 Daniel P. Berrangé, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Edmundson,
2276 David Schroeder, David Tardon, dependabot[bot],
2277 Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitrii Fomchenkov, Dmitry V. Levin, dmkUK,
2278 Dominique Martinet, don bright, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck,
2279 Egor Ignatov, EinBaum, Emanuele Giuseppe Esposito, Eric Curtin,
2280 Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui,
2281 François Rigault, Fran Diéguez, Franklin Yu, Frantisek Sumsal,
2282 Fuminobu TAKEYAMA, Gaël PORTAY, Gerd Hoffmann, Gertalitec,
2283 Gibeom Gwon, Gustavo Noronha Silva, Hannu Lounento,
2284 Hans de Goede, Haochen Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Henrik Holst,
2285 Hoe Hao Cheng, Igor Tsiglyar, Ivan Vecera, James Hilliard,
2286 Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku, Janne Sirén,
2287 jcg, Jeidnx, Joan Bruguera, Joerg Behrmann, jonathanmetzman,
2288 Jordan Rome, Josef Miegl, Joshua Goins, Joyce, Joyce Brum,
2289 Juno Computers, Kai Lueke, Kevin P. Fleming, Kiran Vemula, Klaus,
2290 Klaus Zipfel, Lawrence Thorpe, Lennart Poettering, licunlong,
2291 Lily Foster, Luca Boccassi, Ludwig Nussel, Luna Jernberg,
2292 maanyagoenka, Maanya Goenka, Maksim Kliazovich, Malte Poll,
2293 Marko Korhonen, Masatake YAMATO, Mateusz Poliwczak, Matt Johnston,
2294 Miao Wang, Micah Abbott, Michael A Cassaniti, Michal Koutný,
2295 Michal Sekletár, Mike Yuan, mooo, Morten Linderud, msizanoen,
2296 Nick Rosbrook, nikstur, Olivier Gayot, Omojola Joshua,
2297 Paolo Velati, Paul Barker, Pavel Borecki, Petr Menšík,
2298 Philipp Kern, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Quintin Hill,
2299 Rene Hollander, Richard Phibel, Robert Meijers, Robert Scheck,
2300 Roger Gammans, Romain Geissler, Ronan Pigott, Russell Harmon,
2301 saikat0511, Samanta Navarro, Sam James, Sam Morris,
2302 Simon Braunschmidt, Sjoerd Simons, Sorah Fukumori,
2303 Stanislaw Gruszka, Stefan Roesch, Steven Luo, Steve Ramage,
2304 Susant Sahani, taniishkaaa, Tanishka, Temuri Doghonadze,
2305 Thierry Martin, Thomas Blume, Thomas Genty, Thomas Weißschuh,
2306 Thorsten Kukuk, Times-Z, Tobias Powalowski, tofylion,
2307 Topi Miettinen, Uwe Kleine-König, Velislav Ivanov,
2308 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vít Zikmund, Weblate, Will Fancher,
2309 William Roberts, Winterhuman, Wolfgang Müller, Xeonacid,
2310 Xiaotian Wu, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Yuxiang Zhu,
2311 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zhmylove, ZjYwMj,
2312 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2313
2314 — Edinburgh, 2023-07-28
2315
2316 CHANGES WITH 253:
2317
2318 Announcements of Future Feature Removals and Incompatible Changes:
2319
2320 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2321 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2322 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2323 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2324 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2325 userspace has been ported over already.
2326
2327 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2328 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2329 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2330 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2331 For more details, see:
2332 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2333
2334 * We intend to change behaviour w.r.t. units of the per-user service
2335 manager and sandboxing options, so that they work without having to
2336 manually enable PrivateUsers= as well, which is not required for
2337 system units. To make this work, we will implicitly enable user
2338 namespaces (PrivateUsers=yes) when a sandboxing option is enabled in a
2339 user unit. The drawback is that system users will no longer be visible
2340 (and appear as 'nobody') to the user unit when a sandboxing option is
2341 enabled. By definition a sandboxed user unit should run with reduced
2342 privileges, so impact should be small. This will remove a great source
2343 of confusion that has been reported by users over the years, due to
2344 how these options require an extra setting to be manually enabled when
2345 used in the per-user service manager, as opposed as to the system
2346 service manager. We plan to enable this change in the next release
2347 later this year. For more details, see:
2348 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-December/048682.html
2349
2350 Deprecations and incompatible changes:
2351
2352 * systemctl will now warn when invoked without /proc/ mounted
2353 (e.g. when invoked after chroot() into an directory tree without the
2354 API mount points like /proc/ being set up.) Operation in such an
2355 environment is not fully supported.
2356
2357 * The return value of 'systemctl is-active|is-enabled|is-failed' for
2358 unknown units is changed: previously 1 or 3 were returned, but now 4
2359 (EXIT_PROGRAM_OR_SERVICES_STATUS_UNKNOWN) is used as documented.
2360
2361 * 'udevadm hwdb' subcommand is deprecated and will emit a warning.
2362 systemd-hwdb (added in 2014) should be used instead.
2363
2364 * 'bootctl --json' now outputs a single JSON array, instead of a stream
2365 of newline-separated JSON objects.
2366
2367 * Udev rules in 60-evdev.rules have been changed to load hwdb
2368 properties for all modalias patterns. Previously only the first
2369 matching pattern was used. This could change what properties are
2370 assigned if the user has more and less specific patterns that could
2371 match the same device, but it is expected that the change will have
2372 no effect for most users.
2373
2374 * systemd-networkd-wait-online exits successfully when all interfaces
2375 are ready or unmanaged. Previously, if neither '--any' nor
2376 '--interface=' options were used, at least one interface had to be in
2377 configured state. This change allows the case where systemd-networkd
2378 is enabled, but no interfaces are configured, to be handled
2379 gracefully. It may occur in particular when a different network
2380 manager is also enabled and used.
2381
2382 * Some compatibility helpers were dropped: EmergencyAction= in the user
2383 manager, as well as measuring kernel command line into PCR 8 in
2384 systemd-stub, along with the -Defi-tpm-pcr-compat compile-time
2385 option.
2386
2387 * The '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout=' build-time option has been
2388 renamed to '-Dupdate-helper-user-timeout-sec=', and now takes an
2389 integer as parameter instead of a string.
2390
2391 * The DDI image dissection logic (which backs RootImage= in service
2392 unit files, the --image= switch in various tools such as
2393 systemd-nspawn, as well as systemd-dissect) will now only mount file
2394 systems of types btrfs, ext4, xfs, erofs, squashfs, vfat. This list
2395 can be overridden via the $SYSTEMD_DISSECT_FILE_SYSTEMS environment
2396 variable. These file systems are fairly well supported and maintained
2397 in current kernels, while others are usually more niche, exotic or
2398 legacy and thus typically do not receive the same level of security
2399 support and fixes.
2400
2401 * The default per-link multicast DNS mode is changed to "yes"
2402 (that was previously "no"). As the default global multicast DNS mode
2403 has been "yes" (but can be changed by the build option), now the
2404 multicast DNS is enabled on all links by default. You can disable the
2405 multicast DNS on all links by setting MulticastDNS= in resolved.conf,
2406 or on an interface by calling "resolvectl mdns INTERFACE no".
2407
2408 New components:
2409
2410 * A tool 'ukify' tool to build, measure, and sign Unified Kernel Images
2411 (UKIs) has been added. This replaces functionality provided by
2412 'dracut --uefi' and extends it with automatic calculation of PE file
2413 offsets, insertion of signed PCR policies generated by
2414 systemd-measure, support for initrd concatenation, signing of the
2415 embedded Linux image and the combined image with sbsign, and
2416 heuristics to autodetect the kernel uname and verify the splash
2417 image.
2418
2419 Changes in systemd and units:
2420
2421 * A new service type Type=notify-reload is defined. When such a unit is
2422 reloaded a UNIX process signal (typically SIGHUP) is sent to the main
2423 service process. The manager will then wait until it receives a
2424 "RELOADING=1" followed by a "READY=1" notification from the unit as
2425 response (via sd_notify()). Otherwise, this type is the same as
2426 Type=notify. A new setting ReloadSignal= may be used to change the
2427 signal to send from the default of SIGHUP.
2428
2429 user@.service, systemd-networkd.service, systemd-udevd.service, and
2430 systemd-logind have been updated to this type.
2431
2432 * Initrd environments which are not on a pure memory file system (e.g.
2433 overlayfs combination as opposed to tmpfs) are now supported. With
2434 this change, during the initrd → host transition ("switch root")
2435 systemd will erase all files of the initrd only when the initrd is
2436 backed by a memory file system such as tmpfs.
2437
2438 * New per-unit MemoryZSwapMax= option has been added to configure
2439 memory.zswap.max cgroup properties (the maximum amount of zswap
2440 used).
2441
2442 * A new LogFilterPatterns= option has been added for units. It may be
2443 used to specify accept/deny regular expressions for log messages
2444 generated by the unit, that shall be enforced by systemd-journald.
2445 Rejected messages are neither stored in the journal nor forwarded.
2446 This option may be used to suppress noisy or uninteresting messages
2447 from units.
2448
2449 * The manager has a new
2450 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.GetUnitByPIDFD() D-Bus method to
2451 query process ownership via a PIDFD, which is more resilient against
2452 PID recycling issues.
2453
2454 * Scope units now support OOMPolicy=. Login session scopes default to
2455 OOMPolicy=continue, allowing login scopes to survive the OOM killer
2456 terminating some processes in the scope.
2457
2458 * systemd-fstab-generator now supports x-systemd.makefs option for
2459 /sysroot/ (in the initrd).
2460
2461 * The maximum rate at which daemon reloads are executed can now be
2462 limited with the new ReloadLimitIntervalSec=/ReloadLimitBurst=
2463 options. (Or the equivalent on the kernel command line:
2464 systemd.reload_limit_interval_sec=/systemd.reload_limit_burst=). In
2465 addition, systemd now logs the originating unit and PID when a reload
2466 request is received over D-Bus.
2467
2468 * When enabling a swap device systemd will now reinitialize the device
2469 when the page size of the swap space does not match the page size of
2470 the running kernel. Note that this requires the 'swapon' utility to
2471 provide the '--fixpgsz' option, as implemented by util-linux, and it
2472 is not supported by busybox at the time of writing.
2473
2474 * systemd now executes generator programs in a mount namespace
2475 "sandbox" with most of the file system read-only and write access
2476 restricted to the output directories, and with a temporary /tmp/
2477 mount provided. This provides a safeguard against programming errors
2478 in the generators, but also fixes here-docs in shells, which
2479 previously didn't work in early boot when /tmp/ wasn't available
2480 yet. (This feature has no security implications, because the code is
2481 still privileged and can trivially exit the sandbox.)
2482
2483 * The system manager will now parse a new "vmm.notify_socket"
2484 system credential, which may be supplied to a VM via SMBIOS. If
2485 found, the manager will send a "READY=1" notification on the
2486 specified socket after boot is complete. This allows readiness
2487 notification to be sent from a VM guest to the VM host over a VSOCK
2488 socket.
2489
2490 * The sample PAM configuration file for systemd-user@.service now
2491 includes a call to pam_namespace. This puts children of user@.service
2492 in the expected namespace. (Many distributions replace their file
2493 with something custom, so this change has limited effect.)
2494
2495 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_MOUNT_RATE_LIMIT_BURST
2496 can be used to override the mount units burst late limit for
2497 parsing '/proc/self/mountinfo', which was introduced in v249.
2498 Defaults to 5.
2499
2500 * Drop-ins for init.scope changing control group resource limits are
2501 now applied, while they were previously ignored.
2502
2503 * New build-time configuration options '-Ddefault-timeout-sec=' and
2504 '-Ddefault-user-timeout-sec=' have been added, to let distributions
2505 choose the default timeout for starting/stopping/aborting system and
2506 user units respectively.
2507
2508 * Service units gained a new setting OpenFile= which may be used to
2509 open arbitrary files in the file system (or connect to arbitrary
2510 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system), and pass the open file
2511 descriptor to the invoked process via the usual file descriptor
2512 passing protocol. This is useful to give unprivileged services access
2513 to select files which have restrictive access modes that would
2514 normally not allow this. It's also useful in case RootDirectory= or
2515 RootImage= is used to allow access to files from the host environment
2516 (which is after all not visible from the service if these two options
2517 are used.)
2518
2519 Changes in udev:
2520
2521 * The new net naming scheme "v253" has been introduced. In the new
2522 scheme, ID_NET_NAME_PATH is also set for USB devices not connected via
2523 a PCI bus. This extends the coverage of predictable interface names
2524 in some embedded systems.
2525
2526 The "amba" bus path is now included in ID_NET_NAME_PATH, resulting in
2527 a more informative path on some embedded systems.
2528
2529 * Partition block devices will now also get symlinks in
2530 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<seq>-part<n>, which may be used to reference
2531 block device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Previously those
2532 symlinks were only created for the main block device.
2533
2534 * A new operator '-=' is supported for SYMLINK variables. This allows
2535 symlinks to be unconfigured even if an earlier rule added them.
2536
2537 * 'udevadm --trigger --settle' now also works for network devices
2538 that are being renamed.
2539
2540 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
2541
2542 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
2543 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
2544 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
2545 started.
2546
2547 * systemd-boot will pass a disk-backed random seed – even when secure
2548 boot is enabled – if it can additionally get a random seed from EFI
2549 itself (via EFI's RNG protocol), or a prior seed in
2550 LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a preceding bootloader.
2551
2552 * systemd-boot-system-token.service was renamed to
2553 systemd-boot-random-seed.service and extended to always save a random
2554 seed to ESP on every boot when a compatible boot loader is used. This
2555 allows a refreshed random seed to be used in the boot loader.
2556
2557 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
2558 field-separated hashing scheme.
2559
2560 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
2561 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
2562 used.
2563
2564 * systemd-boot now supports being loaded from other locations than the
2565 ESP, for example for direct kernel boot under QEMU or when embedded
2566 into the firmware.
2567
2568 * systemd-boot now parses SMBIOS information to detect
2569 virtualization. This information is used to skip some warnings which
2570 are not useful in a VM and to conditionalize other aspects of
2571 behaviour.
2572
2573 * systemd-boot now supports a new 'if-safe' mode that will perform UEFI
2574 Secure Boot automated certificate enrollment from the ESP only if it
2575 is considered 'safe' to do so. At the moment 'safe' means running in
2576 a virtual machine.
2577
2578 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
2579 systemd-boot already does, in case a unified kernel image is being
2580 used from a different bootloader than systemd-boot, or without any
2581 boot load at all.
2582
2583 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
2584 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
2585 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
2586
2587 * bootctl now implements two new verbs: 'kernel-identify' prints the
2588 type of a kernel image file, and 'kernel-inspect' provides
2589 information about the embedded command line and kernel version of
2590 UKIs.
2591
2592 * bootctl now honours $KERNEL_INSTALL_CONF_ROOT with the same meaning
2593 as for kernel-install.
2594
2595 * The JSON output of "bootctl list" will now contain two more fields:
2596 isDefault and isSelected are boolean fields set to true on the
2597 default and currently booted boot menu entries.
2598
2599 * bootctl gained a new verb "unlink" for removing a boot loader entry
2600 type #1 file from disk in a safe and robust way.
2601
2602 * bootctl also gained a new verb "cleanup" that automatically removes
2603 all files from the ESP's and XBOOTLDR's "entry-token" directory, that
2604 is not referenced anymore by any installed Type #1 boot loader
2605 specification entry. This is particularly useful in environments where
2606 a large number of entries reference the same or partly the same
2607 resources (for example, for snapshot-based setups).
2608
2609 Changes in kernel-install:
2610
2611 * A new "installation layout" can be configured as layout=uki. With
2612 this setting, a Boot Loader Specification Type#1 entry will not be
2613 created. Instead, a new kernel-install plugin 90-uki-copy.install
2614 will copy any .efi files from the staging area into the boot
2615 partition. A plugin to generate the UKI .efi file must be provided
2616 separately.
2617
2618 Changes in systemctl:
2619
2620 * 'systemctl reboot' has dropped support for accepting a positional
2621 argument as the argument to the reboot(2) syscall. Please use the
2622 --reboot-argument= option instead.
2623
2624 * 'systemctl disable' will now warn when called on units without
2625 install information. A new --no-warn option has been added that
2626 silences this warning.
2627
2628 * New option '--drop-in=' can be used to tell 'systemctl edit' the name
2629 of the drop-in to edit. (Previously, 'override.conf' was always
2630 used.)
2631
2632 * 'systemctl list-dependencies' now respects --type= and --state=.
2633
2634 * 'systemctl kexec' now supports XEN VMM environments.
2635
2636 * 'systemctl edit' will now tell the invoked editor to jump into the
2637 first line with actual unit file data, skipping over synthesized
2638 comments.
2639
2640 Changes in systemd-networkd and related tools:
2641
2642 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained new SocketPriority=
2643 setting that assigns the Linux socket priority used by the DHCPv4 raw
2644 socket. This may be used in conjunction with the
2645 EgressQOSMaps=setting in [VLAN] section of .netdev file to send the
2646 desired ethernet 802.1Q frame priority for DHCPv4 initial
2647 packets. This cannot be achieved with netfilter mangle tables because
2648 of the raw socket bypass.
2649
2650 * The [DHCPv4] and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections in .network file gained a
2651 new QuickAck= boolean setting that enables the TCP quick ACK mode for
2652 the routes configured by the acquired DHCPv4 lease or received router
2653 advertisements (RAs).
2654
2655 * The RouteMetric= option (for DHCPv4, DHCPv6, and IPv6 advertised
2656 routes) now accepts three values, for high, medium, and low preference
2657 of the router (which can be set with the RouterPreference=) setting.
2658
2659 * systemd-networkd-wait-online now supports matching via alternative
2660 interface names.
2661
2662 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained new SendRelease=
2663 setting which enables the DHCPv6 client to send release when
2664 it stops. This is the analog of the [DHCPv4] SendRelease= setting.
2665 It is enabled by default.
2666
2667 * If the Address= setting in [Network] or [Address] sections in .network
2668 specified without its prefix length, then now systemd-networkd assumes
2669 /32 for IPv4 or /128 for IPv6 addresses.
2670
2671 * networkctl shows network and link file dropins in status output.
2672
2673 Changes in systemd-dissect:
2674
2675 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --list, to print the paths of
2676 all files and directories in a DDI.
2677
2678 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --mtree, to generate a file
2679 manifest compatible with BSD mtree(5) of a DDI
2680
2681 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --with, to execute a command with
2682 the specified DDI temporarily mounted and used as working
2683 directory. This is for example useful to convert a DDI to "tar"
2684 simply by running it within a "systemd-dissect --with" invocation.
2685
2686 * systemd-dissect gained a new option --discover, to search for
2687 Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) in well-known directories of the
2688 system. This will list machine, portable service and system extension
2689 disk images.
2690
2691 * systemd-dissect now understands 2nd stage initrd images stored as a
2692 Discoverable Disk Image (DDI).
2693
2694 * systemd-dissect will now display the main UUID of GPT DDIs (i.e. the
2695 disk UUID stored in the GPT header) among the other data it can show.
2696
2697 * systemd-dissect gained a new --in-memory switch to operate on an
2698 in-memory copy of the specified DDI file. This is useful to access a
2699 DDI with write access without persisting any changes. It's also
2700 useful for accessing a DDI without keeping the originating file
2701 system busy.
2702
2703 * The DDI dissection logic will now automatically detect the intended
2704 sector size of disk images stored in files, based on the GPT
2705 partition table arrangement. Loopback block devices for such DDIs
2706 will then be configured automatically for the right sector size. This
2707 is useful to make dealing with modern 4K sector size DDIs fully
2708 automatic. The systemd-dissect tool will now show the detected sector
2709 size among the other DDI information in its output.
2710
2711 Changes in systemd-repart:
2712
2713 * systemd-repart gained new options --include-partitions= and
2714 --exclude-partitions= to filter operation on partitions by type UUID.
2715 This allows systemd-repart to be used to build images in which the
2716 type of one partition is set based on the contents of another
2717 partition (for example when the boot partition shall include a verity
2718 hash of the root partition).
2719
2720 * systemd-repart also gained a --defer-partitions= option that is
2721 similar to --exclude-partitions=, but the size of the partition is
2722 still taken into account when sizing partitions, but without
2723 populating it.
2724
2725 * systemd-repart gained a new --sector-size= option to specify what
2726 sector size should be used when an image is created.
2727
2728 * systemd-repart now supports generating erofs file systems via
2729 CopyFiles= (a read-only file system similar to squashfs).
2730
2731 * The Minimize= option was extended to accept "best" (which means the
2732 most minimal image possible, but may require multiple attempts) and
2733 "guess" (which means a reasonably small image).
2734
2735 * The systemd-growfs binary now comes with a regular unit file template
2736 systemd-growfs@.service which can be instantiated directly for any
2737 desired file system. (Previously, the unit was generated dynamically
2738 by various generators, but no regular unit file template was
2739 available.)
2740
2741 Changes in journal tools:
2742
2743 * Various systemd tools will append extra fields to log messages when
2744 in debug mode, or when SYSTEMD_ENABLE_LOG_CONTEXT=1 is set. Currently
2745 this includes information about D-Bus messages when sd-bus is used,
2746 e.g. DBUS_SENDER=, DBUS_DESTINATION=, and DBUS_PATH=, and information
2747 about devices when sd-device is used, e.g. DEVNAME= and DRIVER=.
2748 Details of what is logged and when are subject to change.
2749
2750 * The systemd-journald-audit.socket can now be disabled via the usual
2751 "systemctl disable" mechanism to stop collection of audit
2752 messages. Please note that it is not enabled statically anymore and
2753 must be handled by the preset/enablement logic in package
2754 installation scripts.
2755
2756 * New options MaxUse=, KeepFree=, MaxFileSize=, and MaxFiles= can
2757 be used to curtail disk use by systemd-journal-remote. This is
2758 similar to the options supported by systemd-journald.
2759
2760 Changes in systemd-cryptenroll, systemd-cryptsetup, and related
2761 components:
2762
2763 * When enrolling new keys systemd-cryptenroll now supports unlocking
2764 via FIDO2 tokens (option --unlock-fido2-device=). Previously, a
2765 password was strictly required to be specified.
2766
2767 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports pre-flight requests for FIDO2 tokens
2768 (except for tokens with user verification, UV) to identify tokens
2769 before authentication. Multiple FIDO2 tokens can now be enrolled at
2770 the same time, and systemd-cryptsetup will automatically select one
2771 that corresponds to one of the available LUKS key slots.
2772
2773 * systemd-cryptsetup now supports new options tpm2-measure-bank= and
2774 tpm2-measure-pcr= in crypttab(5). These allow specifying the TPM2 PCR
2775 bank and number into which the volume key should be measured. This is
2776 automatically enabled for the encrypted root volume discovered and
2777 activated by systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2778
2779 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator mounts the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions with
2780 "noexec,nosuid,nodev".
2781
2782 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator will now honour the rootfstype= and
2783 rootflags= kernel command line switches for root file systems it
2784 discovers, to match behaviour in case an explicit root fs is
2785 specified via root=.
2786
2787 * systemd-pcrphase gained new options --machine-id and --file-system=
2788 to measure the machine-id and mount point information into PCR 15.
2789 New service unit files systemd-pcrmachine.service and
2790 systemd-pcrfs@.service have been added that invoke the tool with
2791 these switches during early boot.
2792
2793 * systemd-pcrphase gained a --graceful switch will make it exit cleanly
2794 with a success exit code even if no TPM device is detected.
2795
2796 * systemd-cryptenroll now stores the user-supplied PIN with a salt,
2797 making it harder to brute-force.
2798
2799 Changes in other tools:
2800
2801 * systemd-homed gained support for luksPbkdfForceIterations (the
2802 intended number of iterations for the PBKDF operation on LUKS).
2803
2804 * Environment variables $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_BTRFS,
2805 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_EXT4, and $SYSTEMD_HOME_MKFS_OPTIONS_XFS
2806 may now be used to specify additional arguments for mkfs when
2807 systemd-homed formats a file system.
2808
2809 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the contents of
2810 /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_vendor and /sys/class/dmi/id/bios_date via two
2811 new D-Bus properties: FirmwareVendor and FirmwareDate. This allows
2812 unprivileged code to access those values.
2813
2814 systemd-hostnamed also exports the SUPPORT_END= field from
2815 os-release(5) as OperatingSystemSupportEnd. hostnamectl make uses of
2816 this to show the status of the installed system.
2817
2818 * systemd-measure gained an --append= option to sign multiple phase
2819 paths with different signing keys. This allows secrets to be
2820 accessible only in certain parts of the boot sequence. Note that
2821 'ukify' provides similar functionality in a more accessible form.
2822
2823 * systemd-timesyncd will now write a structured log message with
2824 MESSAGE_ID set to SD_MESSAGE_TIME_BUMP when it bumps the clock based
2825 on a on-disk timestamp, similarly to what it did when reaching
2826 synchronization via NTP.
2827
2828 * systemd-timesyncd will now update the on-disk timestamp file on each
2829 boot at least once, making it more likely that the system time
2830 increases in subsequent boots.
2831
2832 * systemd-vconsole-setup gained support for system/service credentials:
2833 vconsole.keymap/vconsole.keymap_toggle and
2834 vconsole.font/vconsole.font_map/vconsole.font_unimap are analogous
2835 the similarly-named options in vconsole.conf.
2836
2837 * systemd-localed will now save the XKB keyboard configuration to
2838 /etc/vconsole.conf, and also read it from there with a higher
2839 preference than the /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/00-keyboard.conf config
2840 file. Previously, this information was stored in the former file in
2841 converted form, and only in latter file in the original form. Tools
2842 which want to access keyboard configuration can now do so from a
2843 standard location.
2844
2845 * systemd-resolved gained support for configuring the nameservers and
2846 search domains via kernel command line (nameserver=, domain=) and
2847 credentials (network.dns, network.search_domains).
2848
2849 * systemd-resolved will now synthesize host names for the DNS stub
2850 addresses it supports. Specifically when "_localdnsstub" is resolved,
2851 127.0.0.53 is returned, and if "_localdnsproxy" is resolved
2852 127.0.0.54 is returned.
2853
2854 * systemd-notify will now send a "RELOADING=1" notification when called
2855 with --reloading, and "STOPPING=1" when called with --stopping. This
2856 can be used to implement notifications from units where it's easier
2857 to call a program than to use the sd-daemon library.
2858
2859 * systemd-analyze's 'plot' command can now output its information in
2860 JSON, controlled via the --json= switch. Also, new --table, and
2861 --no-legend options have been added.
2862
2863 * 'machinectl enable' will now automatically enable machines.target
2864 unit in addition to adding the machine unit to the target.
2865
2866 Similarly, 'machinectl start|stop' gained a --now option to enable or
2867 disable the machine unit when starting or stopping it.
2868
2869 * systemd-sysusers will now create /etc/ if it is missing.
2870
2871 * systemd-sleep 'HibernateDelaySec=' setting is changed back to
2872 pre-v252's behaviour, and a new 'SuspendEstimationSec=' setting is
2873 added to provide the new initial value for the new automated battery
2874 estimation functionality. If 'HibernateDelaySec=' is set to any value,
2875 the automated estimate (and thus the automated hibernation on low
2876 battery to avoid data loss) functionality will be disabled.
2877
2878 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration will now automatically create
2879 credentials storage directory '/etc/credstore/' with the appropriate,
2880 secure permissions. If '/run/credstore/' exists, its permissions will
2881 be fixed too in case they are not correct.
2882
2883 Changes in libsystemd and shared code:
2884
2885 * sd-bus gained new convenience functions sd_bus_emit_signal_to(),
2886 sd_bus_emit_signal_tov(), and sd_bus_message_new_signal_to().
2887
2888 * sd-id128 functions now return -EUCLEAN (instead of -EIO) when the
2889 128-bit ID in files such as /etc/machine-id has an invalid
2890 format. They also accept NULL as output parameter in more places,
2891 which is useful when the caller only wants to validate the inputs and
2892 does not need the output value.
2893
2894 * sd-login gained new functions sd_pidfd_get_session(),
2895 sd_pidfd_get_owner_uid(), sd_pidfd_get_unit(),
2896 sd_pidfd_get_user_unit(), sd_pidfd_get_slice(),
2897 sd_pidfd_get_user_slice(), sd_pidfd_get_machine_name(), and
2898 sd_pidfd_get_cgroup(), that are analogous to sd_pid_get_*(),
2899 but accept a PIDFD instead of a PID.
2900
2901 * sd-path (and systemd-path) now export four new paths:
2902 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2903 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2904 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR, and
2905 SD_PATH_SYSTEMD_SEARCH_USER_ENVIRONMENT_GENERATOR,
2906
2907 * sd_notify() now supports AF_VSOCK as transport for notification
2908 messages (in addition to the existing AF_UNIX support). This is
2909 enabled if $NOTIFY_SOCKET is set in a "vsock:CID:port" format.
2910
2911 * Detection of chroot() environments now works if /proc/ is not
2912 mounted. This affects systemd-detect-virt --chroot, but also means
2913 that systemd tools will silently skip various operations in such an
2914 environment.
2915
2916 * "Lockheed Martin Hardened Security for Intel Processors" (HS SRE)
2917 virtualization is now detected.
2918
2919 Changes in the build system:
2920
2921 * Standalone variants of systemd-repart and systemd-shutdown may now be
2922 built (if -Dstandalone=true).
2923
2924 * systemd-ac-power has been moved from /usr/lib/ to /usr/bin/, to, for
2925 example, allow scripts to conditionalize execution on AC power
2926 supply.
2927
2928 * The libp11kit library is now loaded through dlopen(3).
2929
2930 Changes in the documentation:
2931
2932 * Specifications that are not closely tied to systemd have moved to
2933 https://uapi-group.org/specifications/: the Boot Loader Specification
2934 and the Discoverable Partitions Specification.
2935
2936 Contributions from: 김인수, 13r0ck, Aidan Dang, Alberto Planas,
2937 Alvin Šipraga, Andika Triwidada, AndyChi, angus-p, Anita Zhang,
2938 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arsen Arsenović, asavah, Benjamin Fogle,
2939 Benjamin Tissoires, berenddeschouwer, BerndAdameit,
2940 Bernd Steinhauser, blutch112, cake03, Callum Farmer, Carlo Teubner,
2941 Charles Hardin, chris, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
2942 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Dan Streetman, DaPigGuy,
2943 Darrell Kavanagh, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dirk Su,
2944 Dmitry V. Levin, drosdeck, Edson Juliano Drosdeck, edupont,
2945 Eric DeVolder, Erik Moqvist, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Gurtner,
2946 Felix Riemann, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geert Lorang,
2947 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Hannoskaj, Hans de Goede, Hugo Carvalho,
2948 igo95862, Ilya Leoshkevich, Ivan Shapovalov, Jacek Migacz,
2949 Jade Lovelace, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku, January,
2950 Jason A. Donenfeld, jcg, Jean-Tiare Le Bigot, Jelle van der Waa,
2951 Jeremy Linton, Jian Zhang, Jiayi Chen, Jia Zhang, Joerg Behrmann,
2952 Jörg Thalheim, Joshua Goins, joshuazivkovic, Joshua Zivkovic,
2953 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Khem Raj, Koba Ko, Lennart Poettering, lichao,
2954 Li kunyu, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel,
2955 Łukasz Stelmach, Lycowolf, marcel151, Marcus Schäfer, Marek Vasut,
2956 Mark Laws, Michael Biebl, Michał Kotyla, Michal Koutný,
2957 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, Mike Yuan, MkfsSion, ml,
2958 msizanoen1, mvzlb, MVZ Ludwigsburg, Neil Moore, Nick Rosbrook,
2959 noodlejetski, Pasha Vorobyev, Peter Cai, p-fpv, Phaedrus Leeds,
2960 Philipp Jungkamp, Quentin Deslandes, Raul Tambre, Ray Strode,
2961 reuben olinsky, Richard E. van der Luit, Richard Phibel,
2962 Ricky Tigg, Robin Humble, rogg, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James,
2963 Samuel Cabrero, Samuel Thibault, Siddhesh Poyarekar, Simon Brand,
2964 Space Meyer, Spindle Security, Steve Ramage, Takashi Sakamoto,
2965 Thomas Haller, Tonći Galić, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
2966 Tuetuopay, uerdogan, Ulrich Ölmann, Valentin David,
2967 Vitaly Kuznetsov, Vito Caputo, Waltibaba, Will Fancher,
2968 William Roberts, wouter bolsterlee, Youfu Zhang, Yu Watanabe,
2969 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски,
2970 наб
2971
2972 — Warsaw, 2023-02-15
2973
2974 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
2975
2976 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
2977
2978 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
2979 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
2980 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
2981 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
2982 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
2983 userspace has been ported over already.
2984
2985 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
2986 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
2987 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
2988 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
2989 For more details, see:
2990 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
2991
2992 Compatibility Breaks:
2993
2994 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
2995 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
2996 à la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
2997 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
2998 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
2999 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
3000 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
3001 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
3002 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
3003 change.
3004
3005 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
3006 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
3007 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
3008 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
3009 already have been updated or removed.
3010
3011 New Features:
3012
3013 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
3014 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
3015 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
3016 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
3017 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
3018 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
3019 kernel.
3020
3021 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
3022 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
3023 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
3024 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
3025 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
3026 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
3027 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
3028 the booted UKI to gain access.
3029
3030 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
3031 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
3032 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
3033 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
3034 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
3035 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
3036
3037 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
3038 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
3039 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
3040 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
3041 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
3042 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
3043 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
3044 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
3045
3046 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
3047 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
3048 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
3049 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
3050 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
3051 initrd, but not later.)
3052
3053 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
3054
3055 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
3056 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
3057 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
3058 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
3059 the CPU.
3060
3061 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
3062 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
3063 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
3064 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
3065 release.
3066
3067 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
3068
3069 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
3070 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
3071 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
3072
3073 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
3074 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
3075 provided.
3076
3077 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
3078
3079 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3080 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
3081 file.
3082
3083 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
3084 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
3085 activate.
3086
3087 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
3088 configured.
3089
3090 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
3091 SMBIOS fields. For example
3092
3093 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
3094
3095 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
3096 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
3097 quotes).
3098
3099 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
3100 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
3101 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
3102
3103 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
3104 associated service unit, if any.
3105
3106 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
3107 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
3108 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
3109 unsealed only in the initrd.
3110
3111 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
3112 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
3113
3114 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
3115 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
3116 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
3117 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
3118 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
3119 the host system as expected.
3120
3121 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
3122 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
3123 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
3124 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
3125
3126 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
3127 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
3128 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
3129
3130 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
3131 unmounted lazily.
3132
3133 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
3134 of file systems.
3135
3136 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
3137 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
3138 in the future.
3139
3140 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
3141 activating.
3142
3143 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
3144 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
3145 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
3146 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
3147
3148 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
3149 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
3150
3151 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
3152 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
3153 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
3154 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
3155 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
3156 than for behaviour decisions.
3157
3158 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
3159 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
3160
3161 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
3162 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
3163 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
3164
3165 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
3166
3167 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
3168 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
3169 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
3170 the main specification.
3171
3172 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the
3173 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
3174 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
3175 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
3176
3177 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
3178 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
3179 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
3180
3181 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
3182 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
3183
3184 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
3185 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
3186 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
3187 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
3188 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
3189 the stub was executed.
3190
3191 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
3192 is now supported by sd-boot.
3193
3194 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
3195 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
3196 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
3197 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
3198 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
3199
3200 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
3201 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
3202
3203 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
3204 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
3205 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
3206 to detect and warn about this.
3207
3208 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
3209 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
3210 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
3211
3212 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
3213 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
3214 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
3215 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
3216
3217 Changes in the hardware database:
3218
3219 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
3220
3221 Changes in systemctl:
3222
3223 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
3224 and 'status' verbs.
3225
3226 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
3227 points.
3228
3229 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
3230 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
3231 which operates relative to some directory).
3232
3233 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3234
3235 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
3236 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
3237
3238 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
3239 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
3240
3241 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
3242 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
3243
3244 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
3245 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
3246 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
3247 interface is being serviced.
3248
3249 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
3250
3251 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
3252
3253 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
3254
3255 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
3256 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
3257 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
3258
3259 Changes in systemd-resolved:
3260
3261 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
3262 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
3263 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
3264 restarted at any point.
3265
3266 * systemd-resolved now exposes a Varlink socket at
3267 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
3268 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
3269 any clients connected to this socket.
3270
3271 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
3272
3273 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
3274 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
3275 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
3276
3277 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
3278 is still supported.)
3279
3280 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
3281
3282 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
3283 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
3284 function for 128-bit ID string comparisons), and
3285 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
3286 string arrays).
3287
3288 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
3289 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
3290 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
3291 object.
3292
3293 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
3294 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
3295 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
3296
3297 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
3298 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
3299 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
3300
3301 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
3302 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
3303 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
3304
3305 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
3306 database given an explicit path to the file.
3307
3308 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
3309 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
3310 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
3311 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
3312 manually.
3313
3314 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
3315 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
3316 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
3317
3318 Changes in other components:
3319
3320 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
3321 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
3322
3323 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
3324 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
3325 'dpkg --compare-versions').
3326
3327 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
3328 names to limit the output to matching units.
3329
3330 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
3331 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
3332 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
3333 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
3334
3335 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
3336 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
3337 already exists.
3338
3339 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
3340 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
3341 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
3342
3343 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
3344 lines.
3345
3346 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
3347 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
3348
3349 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
3350 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
3351
3352 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
3353 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
3354
3355 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
3356 user when their system will become unsupported.
3357
3358 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
3359 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
3360 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
3361 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
3362
3363 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
3364 setting is unknown to the kernel.
3365
3366 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
3367 verbs.
3368
3369 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
3370 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
3371
3372 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
3373 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
3374 time delta between subsequent messages.
3375
3376 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
3377 of journal files.
3378
3379 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
3380 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
3381 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
3382
3383 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
3384 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
3385 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
3386 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
3387 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
3388 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
3389 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
3390
3391 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
3392 combination with --scope.
3393
3394 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
3395 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
3396 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
3397 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
3398 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
3399 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
3400 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
3401 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
3402 appropriate.
3403
3404 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
3405 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
3406 symlink.
3407
3408 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
3409 too.
3410
3411 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
3412 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
3413 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
3414 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
3415 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
3416
3417 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
3418 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
3419
3420 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
3421 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
3422 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
3423 split dm-verity artifacts.
3424
3425 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
3426 signatures.
3427
3428 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
3429 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
3430
3431 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
3432
3433 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
3434 now more compact.
3435
3436 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
3437
3438 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
3439
3440 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
3441 killed.
3442
3443 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
3444
3445 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
3446 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
3447
3448 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
3449 session after a preconfigure timeout.
3450
3451 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
3452 rather than indefinitely.
3453
3454 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
3455 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
3456 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
3457
3458 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
3459 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
3460 build can be reproducible.
3461
3462 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
3463 --initialized=no.
3464
3465 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
3466 "alias" fields for the device.
3467
3468 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
3469 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
3470
3471 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
3472
3473 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
3474 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
3475
3476 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
3477 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
3478 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
3479 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
3480 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
3481 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
3482 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
3483 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
3484 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
3485 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
3486
3487 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
3488
3489 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
3490 graphic cards.
3491
3492 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
3493 device is used as a keyfile.
3494
3495 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
3496 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
3497 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
3498 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
3499
3500 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
3501 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
3502 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
3503
3504 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
3505 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
3506
3507 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
3508 to MIT-0.
3509
3510 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
3511 /etc/machine-id.
3512
3513 Experimental features:
3514
3515 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
3516 and bpftool >= 7.0).
3517
3518 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
3519 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
3520 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
3521 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
3522 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
3523
3524 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
3525 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
3526 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
3527 tandem with the kernel.
3528
3529 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
3530 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
3531 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
3532 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
3533 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
3534 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
3535 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
3536 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
3537 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
3538 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
3539 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
3540 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
3541 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
3542 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
3543 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
3544 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
3545 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
3546 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
3547 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
3548 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
3549 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
3550 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
3551 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
3552 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
3553 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
3554 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
3555 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
3556 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
3557 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
3558 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
3559 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
3560 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
3561 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3562 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
3563 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3564 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
3565 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
3566 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
3567 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
3568 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
3569 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
3570 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
3571 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
3572 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
3573 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
3574 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
3575 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
3576 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
3577
3578 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
3579
3580 CHANGES WITH 251:
3581
3582 Backwards-incompatible changes:
3583
3584 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
3585 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
3586
3587 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
3588 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
3589
3590 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
3591 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
3592 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
3593 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
3594 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
3595 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
3596
3597 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
3598 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
3599 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
3600
3601 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
3602 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
3603 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
3604 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
3605 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
3606 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
3607 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
3608
3609 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
3610 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
3611 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
3612 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
3613 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
3614 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
3615 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
3616 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
3617 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
3618 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
3619 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
3620 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
3621 systems, there should be no visible changes.
3622
3623 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
3624 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
3625 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
3626 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
3627 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
3628 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
3629 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
3630 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
3631 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
3632 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
3633 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
3634 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
3635
3636 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
3637 of pcap.
3638
3639 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
3640 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
3641 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
3642 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
3643
3644 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
3645
3646 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
3647 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
3648 It is apparently used by the linker now.
3649
3650 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
3651 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
3652 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
3653
3654 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
3655 to account for this change.
3656
3657 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
3658 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
3659 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
3660
3661 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
3662
3663 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3664 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
3665 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
3666 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
3667 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
3668 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
3669 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
3670 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
3671 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
3672 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
3673 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
3674 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
3675 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
3676 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
3677 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
3678 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
3679
3680 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
3681 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
3682 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
3683 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
3684 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
3685
3686 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
3687 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
3688 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
3689 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
3690 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
3691 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
3692
3693 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
3694 systemd-boot boot loader.
3695
3696 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
3697 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
3698 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
3699 allows choosing different initrd generators.
3700
3701 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
3702 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
3703 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
3704 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
3705 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
3706 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
3707 prepared successfully.
3708
3709 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
3710 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
3711 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
3712 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
3713 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
3714 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
3715
3716 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
3717 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
3718 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
3719 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
3720
3721 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
3722 paths and other settings used.
3723
3724 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
3725 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
3726 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
3727
3728 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
3729 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
3730 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
3731 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
3732 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
3733
3734 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
3735 menu entries in JSON format.
3736
3737 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
3738 omit output with the new option --quiet.
3739
3740 Changes in systemd-homed:
3741
3742 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
3743 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
3744 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
3745 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
3746 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16-bit UID range
3747 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
3748 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
3749 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
3750 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
3751 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
3752 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
3753 uses, see:
3754
3755 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
3756
3757 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
3758 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
3759 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
3760 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
3761 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
3762 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
3763 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
3764 context of the local system.
3765
3766 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
3767 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
3768 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
3769 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
3770 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
3771 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
3772 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
3773 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
3774 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
3775
3776 Changes in shared libraries:
3777
3778 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
3779 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
3780 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
3781 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
3782
3783 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
3784 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
3785 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
3786 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
3787 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
3788 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
3789 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
3790 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
3791 the library.
3792
3793 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
3794 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
3795 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
3796
3797 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
3798 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
3799 object from a device node name or file system path.
3800
3801 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
3802 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
3803 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
3804 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
3805 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
3806 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
3807 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
3808 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
3809
3810 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
3811
3812 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
3813 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
3814 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
3815 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
3816 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
3817 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
3818
3819 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
3820 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
3821 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
3822 disk image files.)
3823
3824 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
3825
3826 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
3827 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
3828 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
3829 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
3830 manager.
3831
3832 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
3833
3834 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
3835 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
3836 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
3837
3838 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
3839 systemd-oomd.
3840
3841 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
3842 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
3843 unit files.
3844
3845 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
3846 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
3847
3848 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
3849 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
3850
3851 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
3852 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
3853 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
3854 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
3855 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
3856 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
3857 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
3858 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
3859
3860 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
3861 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
3862 Condition*= settings.
3863
3864 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
3865 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
3866
3867 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
3868 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
3869 assign to each cgroup.
3870
3871 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
3872 devices and the associated governor, via the new
3873 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
3874 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
3875
3876 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
3877 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
3878
3879 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
3880 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
3881 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
3882
3883 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
3884 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
3885 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
3886 range
3887
3888 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
3889 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
3890 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
3891 been completed.
3892
3893 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
3894 environment variables set describing the execution context a
3895 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
3896 system service manager, or from the per-user service
3897 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
3898 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
3899 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
3900 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
3901 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
3902 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
3903 kernel is built for.
3904
3905 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
3906 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
3907 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
3908 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
3909 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
3910 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
3911 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
3912 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
3913 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
3914 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
3915 this way can be turned off via the new
3916 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
3917
3918 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
3919 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
3920 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
3921 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
3922 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
3923 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
3924 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
3925 up automatically.
3926
3927 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
3928 document:
3929
3930 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
3931
3932 Changes in systemd-journald:
3933
3934 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
3935 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
3936
3937 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
3938
3939 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
3940 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
3941
3942 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
3943 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
3944
3945 Changes in udev:
3946
3947 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
3948 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
3949 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
3950 default.
3951
3952 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
3953 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
3954
3955 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
3956 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
3957
3958 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
3959 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
3960 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
3961 initialized yet, respectively.
3962
3963 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
3964 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
3965 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
3966 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
3967 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
3968
3969 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
3970 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
3971 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
3972 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
3973
3974 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
3975 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
3976
3977 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
3978 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
3979
3980 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
3981 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
3982 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
3983 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
3984 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
3985 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
3986 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
3987 the one in the symlink path.
3988
3989 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
3990
3991 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
3992 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
3993 only supported in .network files.
3994
3995 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
3996 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
3997
3998 Changes in systemd-networkd:
3999
4000 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
4001 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
4002 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
4003 still honored.
4004
4005 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
4006 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
4007 up.
4008
4009 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
4010 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
4011
4012 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
4013 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
4014
4015 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
4016 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
4017
4018 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
4019
4020 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
4021 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
4022 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
4023 address.
4024
4025 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
4026 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
4027 mode).
4028
4029 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
4030 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
4031
4032 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
4033 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
4034 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
4035 PXE boot).
4036
4037 Changes in systemd-resolved:
4038
4039 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
4040 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
4041 there.
4042
4043 Changes in disk encryption:
4044
4045 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
4046 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
4047 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
4048
4049 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
4050
4051 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
4052 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
4053 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
4054
4055 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
4056 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
4057 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
4058
4059 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
4060
4061 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
4062 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
4063
4064 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
4065 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
4066 hostnamed.
4067
4068 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
4069 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
4070 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
4071 firmware version of the system.
4072
4073 Changes in other components:
4074
4075 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
4076 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
4077 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
4078 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
4079 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
4080
4081 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
4082 list of known users.
4083
4084 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
4085 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
4086 invocations (instead of the default /bin/bash).
4087
4088 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
4089 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
4090
4091 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
4092 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
4093 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
4094 a device found.
4095
4096 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
4097 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
4098 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
4099 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
4100 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
4101 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
4102 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
4103
4104 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
4105 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
4106 $TERM).
4107
4108 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
4109 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
4110 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
4111 $ meson build systemd-boot
4112 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
4113 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
4114
4115 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
4116 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
4117 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
4118 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
4119 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
4120
4121 Experimental features:
4122
4123 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
4124 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
4125 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
4126 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
4127 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
4128 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
4129 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
4130 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
4131 compatibility with the current implementation.
4132
4133 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
4134 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
4135 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
4136 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
4137
4138 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
4139 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
4140 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
4141 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4142 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
4143 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
4144 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
4145 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
4146 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
4147 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
4148 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4149 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
4150 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
4151 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
4152 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4153 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
4154 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
4155 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
4156 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
4157 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
4158 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
4159 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
4160 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
4161 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
4162 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
4163 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
4164 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
4165 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
4166 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
4167 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
4168 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
4169 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
4170 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
4171 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
4172 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
4173 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
4174 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
4175
4176 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
4177
4178 CHANGES WITH 250:
4179
4180 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
4181 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
4182 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
4183 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
4184 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
4185 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
4186 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
4187 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
4188 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
4189 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
4190 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
4191
4192 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
4193 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
4194 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
4195 installation or hardware.
4196
4197 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
4198 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
4199
4200 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
4201 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
4202 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
4203 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
4204 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
4205 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
4206 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
4207
4208 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
4209 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
4210 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
4211 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
4212 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
4213 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
4214 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
4215 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
4216 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
4217 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
4218 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
4219 drop-in file mechanism).
4220
4221 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
4222 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
4223 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
4224 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
4225 service, or attached as system extension.
4226
4227 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
4228 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
4229 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
4230 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
4231 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
4232
4233 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
4234 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
4235 are supported.
4236
4237 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
4238 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
4239 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
4240 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
4241 systemd-binfmtd is running.
4242
4243 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
4244 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
4245 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
4246 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
4247 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
4248 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
4249 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
4250 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
4251 does not trigger any operation by default.
4252
4253 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
4254 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
4255 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
4256 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
4257 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
4258 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
4259 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
4260 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
4261
4262 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
4263 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
4264 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
4265 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
4266 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
4267
4268 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
4269 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
4270 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
4271 request this behavior.
4272
4273 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
4274 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
4275 time-out for the boot.
4276
4277 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
4278 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
4279 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
4280 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
4281 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
4282 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
4283 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
4284 system services or the managers themselves.
4285
4286 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
4287 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
4288 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
4289 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
4290 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
4291 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
4292 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
4293 group handles).
4294
4295 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
4296 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
4297
4298 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
4299 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
4300 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
4301 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
4302 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
4303 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
4304 vs. CPUWeight.
4305
4306 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
4307 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
4308 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
4309 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
4310 during boot and shutdown.
4311
4312 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
4313 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
4314 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
4315 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
4316 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
4317 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
4318
4319 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
4320 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
4321
4322 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
4323 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
4324
4325 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
4326 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
4327
4328 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
4329 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
4330 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
4331 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
4332 variable passed to invoked processes.
4333
4334 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
4335 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
4336 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
4337
4338 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
4339 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
4340 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
4341 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
4342 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
4343 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
4344 names.
4345
4346 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
4347 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
4348 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
4349 dimensions to a virtual machine.
4350
4351 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
4352 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
4353 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
4354 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
4355 cgroup instead.
4356
4357 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
4358 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
4359 mounting the autofs instance.
4360
4361 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
4362 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
4363 during build-time.
4364
4365 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
4366 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
4367 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
4368 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
4369 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
4370 socket units.
4371
4372 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
4373 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
4374 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
4375
4376 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
4377 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
4378 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
4379 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
4380 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
4381 trust as SHA256 banks.
4382
4383 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
4384 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
4385 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
4386 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
4387
4388 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
4389 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
4390 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
4391 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
4392 instead.
4393
4394 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
4395 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
4396 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
4397 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
4398
4399 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
4400 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
4401 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
4402 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
4403 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
4404 root partition.
4405
4406 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
4407 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
4408 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
4409 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
4410 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
4411 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
4412
4413 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
4414 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
4415 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
4416 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
4417 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
4418
4419 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
4420 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
4421
4422 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
4423 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
4424
4425 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
4426 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
4427 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
4428 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
4429 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
4430 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
4431 and how to trigger it.
4432
4433 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
4434 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
4435 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
4436 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
4437 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
4438 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
4439 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
4440 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
4441 batteries.
4442
4443 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
4444 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
4445 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
4446 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
4447 against abnormal system shutdown.
4448
4449 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
4450 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
4451 directory/image instead of on the host.
4452
4453 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
4454 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
4455 actually is.
4456
4457 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
4458 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
4459 or recursively any dependent units.
4460
4461 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
4462 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
4463 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
4464 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
4465 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
4466 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
4467 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
4468 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
4469 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
4470 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
4471 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
4472
4473 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
4474
4475 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
4476 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
4477 "filesystems" commands.
4478
4479 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
4480 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
4481 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
4482 through them.
4483
4484 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
4485 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
4486 including the build-id and other info described on:
4487 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
4488
4489 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
4490 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
4491 interfaces.
4492
4493 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
4494 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
4495
4496 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
4497 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
4498 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
4499 CAN timing quanta.
4500
4501 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
4502 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
4503 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
4504 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
4505 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
4506 CAN interface.
4507
4508 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
4509 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
4510 addresses.
4511
4512 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
4513 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
4514 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
4515
4516 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
4517 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
4518 DHCP 6RD option.
4519
4520 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
4521 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
4522 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
4523
4524 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
4525 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
4526
4527 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
4528 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
4529 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
4530
4531 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
4532 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
4533 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
4534 records.
4535
4536 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
4537 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
4538 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
4539 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
4540 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
4541
4542 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
4543 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
4544 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
4545 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
4546 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
4547 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
4548 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
4549 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
4550
4551 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
4552 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
4553
4554 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
4555 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
4556 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
4557
4558 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
4559 setting to specify the router address.
4560
4561 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
4562 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
4563 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
4564 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
4565
4566 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
4567 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
4568 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
4569 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
4570 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
4571
4572 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
4573 interfaces has been improved.
4574
4575 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
4576 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
4577 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
4578 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
4579
4580 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
4581 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
4582 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
4583
4584 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
4585 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
4586 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
4587
4588 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname_policy=
4589 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
4590 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
4591 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
4592
4593 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
4594 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
4595 hardware supports.
4596
4597 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
4598 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
4599
4600 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
4601 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
4602 that supports this.
4603
4604 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
4605 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
4606 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
4607 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
4608 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
4609 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
4610 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
4611
4612 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
4613 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
4614 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
4615 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
4616 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
4617 the performance win is beneficial.
4618
4619 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
4620 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
4621
4622 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
4623 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
4624 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
4625 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
4626 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
4627 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
4628 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
4629 taken to shift them manually.
4630
4631 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
4632 show the Windows version.
4633
4634 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
4635 build-time.
4636
4637 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
4638 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
4639 resolutions and save the last selection.
4640
4641 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
4642 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
4643 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
4644 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
4645
4646 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
4647 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
4648 items).
4649
4650 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
4651 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
4652 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
4653 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
4654 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
4655
4656 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
4657 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
4658 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
4659
4660 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
4661 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
4662 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
4663 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
4664 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
4665
4666 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
4667 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
4668 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
4669 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
4670 kernel image.
4671
4672 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
4673 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
4674
4675 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
4676 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
4677 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
4678 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
4679 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
4680 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
4681 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
4682 credentials, see above).
4683
4684 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
4685 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
4686 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
4687
4688 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
4689 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
4690 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
4691 Specification Type #2.
4692
4693 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
4694 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
4695 non-x86 architectures.
4696
4697 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
4698 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
4699 or just the subsequent boot).
4700
4701 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
4702 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
4703 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
4704 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
4705 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
4706 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
4707 layout specified in
4708 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
4709 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
4710 values for this variable.
4711
4712 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
4713 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
4714 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
4715 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
4716 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
4717 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
4718 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
4719 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
4720 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
4721 machine-id.
4722
4723 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
4724 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
4725 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
4726 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
4727 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
4728 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
4729 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
4730 without conflict.
4731
4732 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
4733 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
4734 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
4735 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
4736 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
4737 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
4738 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
4739 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
4740 installations that use the bls layout.
4741
4742 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
4743
4744 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
4745 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
4746 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
4747 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
4748 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
4749 attached under a wrong name this way.
4750
4751 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
4752 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
4753 default 'add').
4754
4755 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
4756 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
4757
4758 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
4759 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
4760 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
4761 be accessible to regular users.
4762
4763 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
4764 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
4765 they point (front or back).
4766
4767 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
4768 added to hwdb.
4769
4770 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
4771 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
4772
4773 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
4774 added to define additional naming schemes for udev's network
4775 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
4776 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
4777 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
4778 sources to introduce new named schemes.
4779
4780 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
4781 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
4782
4783 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
4784 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
4785 support).
4786
4787 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
4788 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
4789 --cgroup-id= switches.)
4790
4791 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
4792 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
4793
4794 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
4795 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
4796 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
4797
4798 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
4799 forked, sandboxed process.
4800
4801 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
4802 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
4803 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
4804 reason it was not tried again.
4805
4806 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
4807 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
4808 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
4809 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
4810 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
4811 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
4812
4813 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
4814 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
4815 homectl switch.
4816
4817 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
4818 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
4819 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
4820 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
4821 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
4822 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
4823 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
4824 system trees is no longer necessary.
4825
4826 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
4827 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
4828 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
4829
4830 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
4831 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
4832 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
4833 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
4834 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
4835 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
4836
4837 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
4838 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
4839 by default.
4840
4841 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
4842 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
4843 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
4844 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
4845 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
4846 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
4847
4848 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
4849 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
4850 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
4851 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
4852 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
4853 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
4854 precisely.
4855
4856 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
4857 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
4858 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
4859 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
4860 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
4861 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
4862 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
4863 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
4864 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
4865
4866 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
4867 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
4868 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
4869 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
4870 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
4871 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
4872 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
4873 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
4874 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
4875 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
4876 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
4877 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
4878
4879 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
4880 to use when outputting user or group records.
4881
4882 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
4883 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
4884 record resolution logic.
4885
4886 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
4887 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
4888 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
4889 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
4890 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
4891 other also configured in the command line.
4892
4893 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
4894 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
4895 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
4896 watch.
4897
4898 * The sd-event API gained a new function
4899 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
4900 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
4901 leaves the rate limiting phase.
4902
4903 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
4904 to port systemd to a new architecture:
4905
4906 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
4907
4908 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
4909 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
4910
4911 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
4912 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
4913 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
4914 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
4915 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
4916 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
4917 shutdown.
4918
4919 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
4920 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
4921 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
4922 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
4923 environments.
4924
4925 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
4926 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
4927 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
4928 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
4929 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
4930 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
4931 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
4932 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
4933 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
4934 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
4935 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
4936
4937 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
4938 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
4939 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
4940 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
4941
4942 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
4943 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
4944
4945 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
4946
4947 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
4948 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
4949 appropriate primary group.
4950
4951 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
4952
4953 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
4954
4955 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
4956 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
4957 work.
4958
4959 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
4960 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
4961
4962 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
4963 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
4964
4965 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
4966 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
4967
4968 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
4969 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
4970 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
4971 that have compression enabled.
4972
4973 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
4974 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
4975 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
4976 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
4977
4978 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
4979 messages.
4980
4981 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
4982 corruption.
4983
4984 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
4985 scheduled shutdown.
4986
4987 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
4988 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
4989 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
4990 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
4991
4992 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
4993 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
4994 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
4995 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
4996 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
4997 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
4998 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
4999 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
5000 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
5001 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
5002 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
5003 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
5004 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
5005 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
5006 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
5007 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
5008 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
5009 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
5010 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
5011 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
5012 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
5013 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
5014 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
5015 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
5016 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
5017 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
5018 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
5019 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
5020 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
5021 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
5022 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
5023 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
5024 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
5025 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
5026 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
5027 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
5028 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
5029 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
5030 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
5031 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
5032 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
5033 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
5034 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
5035 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
5036 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5037 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
5038
5039 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
5040
5041 CHANGES WITH 249:
5042
5043 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
5044 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
5045 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
5046 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
5047 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
5048 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
5049 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
5050 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
5051 a matching version identifier.
5052
5053 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
5054 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
5055 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
5056 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
5057 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
5058 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
5059 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
5060 during first boot. Example:
5061
5062 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
5063
5064 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
5065 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
5066 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
5067 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
5068 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
5069
5070 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
5071 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
5072 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
5073 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
5074 /etc/).
5075
5076 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
5077 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
5078 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
5079 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
5080
5081 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
5082 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
5083 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
5084 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
5085 systemd-sysusers tools.
5086
5087 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
5088 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
5089 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
5090 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
5091 itself.
5092
5093 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5094 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
5095 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
5096 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
5097 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
5098 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
5099 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
5100 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
5101 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
5102 immediately, even in read-only mode.
5103
5104 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
5105 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
5106 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
5107 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
5108 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
5109
5110 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
5111 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
5112 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
5113 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
5114 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
5115
5116 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
5117 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
5118 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
5119 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
5120 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
5121 specifiers.
5122
5123 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
5124 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
5125 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
5126 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
5127
5128 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
5129 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
5130 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
5131 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
5132 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
5133 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
5134 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
5135 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
5136 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
5137 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
5138 information, see:
5139
5140 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
5141
5142 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
5143 (IEEE 1394).
5144
5145 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
5146 backwards-incompatible changes:
5147
5148 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
5149 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
5150 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
5151 number.
5152
5153 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
5154 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
5155 where values up to 65535 are used.
5156
5157 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
5158
5159 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
5160 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming_scheme=v247" kernel
5161 command line parameter.
5162
5163 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
5164 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
5165 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
5166
5167 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
5168 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
5169 the udev device first appeared in the database.
5170
5171 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
5172 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
5173 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
5174 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
5175 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
5176 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
5177 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
5178 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
5179 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
5180 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
5181 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
5182 uevent.
5183
5184 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
5185 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
5186 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
5187 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
5188 index.
5189
5190 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
5191 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
5192 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
5193 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
5194 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
5195 for that official:
5196
5197 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
5198
5199 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
5200 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
5201 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
5202 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
5203 services into them.
5204
5205 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
5206 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
5207 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
5208 available on private domains.
5209
5210 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
5211
5212 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
5213 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
5214 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
5215
5216 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
5217 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
5218 connectivity.
5219
5220 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
5221 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
5222 consider an interface "online".
5223
5224 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
5225 information.
5226
5227 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
5228 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
5229
5230 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
5231 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
5232
5233 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
5234 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
5235 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
5236 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
5237
5238 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
5239 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
5240 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
5241 before.
5242
5243 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
5244 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
5245 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
5246 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
5247
5248 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
5249 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
5250 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
5251
5252 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
5253 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
5254 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
5255 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
5256 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
5257 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
5258 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
5259
5260 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
5261 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
5262 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
5263 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
5264 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
5265 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
5266 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
5267 compatibility.)
5268
5269 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
5270 files.
5271
5272 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
5273 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
5274 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
5275 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
5276
5277 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
5278 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
5279 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
5280 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
5281 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
5282 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
5283
5284 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
5285 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
5286 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
5287 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
5288 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
5289 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
5290 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
5291 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
5292 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
5293 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
5294 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
5295 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
5296 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
5297 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
5298 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
5299
5300 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
5301
5302 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
5303 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
5304 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
5305 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
5306 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
5307 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
5308 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
5309
5310 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
5311 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
5312 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
5313 via BPF.
5314
5315 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
5316 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
5317 check whether running on a UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
5318 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
5319
5320 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
5321 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
5322 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
5323 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
5324 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
5325 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
5326
5327 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
5328 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
5329 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
5330 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
5331 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
5332 program code that can consume JSON.
5333
5334 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
5335 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
5336
5337 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
5338 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
5339 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
5340 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
5341 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
5342 continue to be supported for compatibility.
5343
5344 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
5345 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
5346
5347 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
5348 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
5349 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
5350 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
5351 level.
5352
5353 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
5354 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
5355 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
5356 Type 1 boot loader entries.
5357
5358 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
5359 may be specified now.
5360
5361 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
5362 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
5363 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
5364 an interactive user is generally not present.
5365
5366 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
5367 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
5368 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
5369 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
5370 asterisks.)
5371
5372 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
5373 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
5374 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
5375 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
5376 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
5377 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
5378 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
5379 used FIDO2 token.
5380
5381 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
5382 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
5383 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
5384 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
5385 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
5386 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
5387 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
5388
5389 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
5390 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
5391 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
5392 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
5393 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
5394 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
5395 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
5396 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
5397 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
5398 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
5399 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
5400 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
5401 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
5402 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
5403 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
5404 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
5405 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
5406 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
5407 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
5408 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
5409 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
5410 privileges on the host).
5411
5412 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
5413 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
5414 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
5415
5416 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
5417 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
5418 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
5419 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
5420 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
5421 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
5422 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
5423 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
5424 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
5425
5426 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
5427 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
5428 user database lookups.
5429
5430 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
5431 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
5432 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
5433 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
5434 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
5435 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
5436 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
5437 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
5438 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
5439 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
5440 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
5441 is trivially simple.
5442
5443 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
5444 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
5445 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
5446 Journal records.
5447
5448 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
5449 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
5450 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
5451 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
5452 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
5453 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
5454 units that are members of a slice.
5455
5456 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
5457 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
5458 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
5459 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
5460
5461 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
5462 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
5463 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
5464 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
5465 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
5466 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
5467
5468 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
5469 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
5470 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
5471 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
5472 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
5473 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
5474 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
5475 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
5476 another unit that intends to uphold it.
5477
5478 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
5479 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
5480
5481 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
5482 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
5483 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
5484
5485 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
5486 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
5487 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
5488 characters literally.
5489
5490 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
5491 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
5492 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
5493 switch.
5494
5495 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
5496 the systemd source code tree:
5497
5498 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
5499
5500 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
5501 the initrd.
5502
5503 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
5504 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
5505 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
5506
5507 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
5508 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
5509 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
5510 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
5511
5512 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
5513 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
5514 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
5515 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
5516 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
5517 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
5518 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
5519 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
5520
5521 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
5522 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
5523
5524 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
5525 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
5526 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
5527 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
5528
5529 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
5530 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
5531 generation.
5532
5533 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
5534 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
5535 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
5536
5537 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
5538 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
5539
5540 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
5541 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
5542 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
5543
5544 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
5545 setting a network timeout time.
5546
5547 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
5548 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
5549 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
5550
5551 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
5552 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
5553 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
5554 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
5555 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
5556 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
5557 that.
5558
5559 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
5560 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
5561 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
5562 events in a short time window.
5563
5564 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
5565 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
5566 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
5567 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
5568 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
5569 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
5570 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
5571 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
5572 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
5573 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
5574 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
5575 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
5576 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
5577 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
5578 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
5579 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
5580 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
5581 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
5582 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
5583 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
5584 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
5585 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
5586 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
5587 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
5588 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
5589 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
5590 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
5591 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
5592 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
5593 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
5594 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
5595
5596 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
5597
5598 CHANGES WITH 248:
5599
5600 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
5601 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
5602 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
5603 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
5604 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
5605 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
5606
5607 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
5608 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
5609 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
5610
5611 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
5612 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
5613 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
5614
5615 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
5616 supported system extension level.
5617
5618 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
5619 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
5620 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
5621 constraints.
5622
5623 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
5624 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
5625 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
5626
5627 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
5628 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
5629 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
5630 similar to /etc/crypttab.
5631
5632 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
5633 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
5634
5635 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
5636 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
5637 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
5638 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
5639 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
5640
5641 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
5642 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
5643 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
5644 user.
5645
5646 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
5647 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
5648 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
5649 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
5650 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
5651 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
5652 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
5653 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
5654
5655 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
5656 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
5657 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
5658 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
5659 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
5660
5661 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
5662 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
5663 D-Bus properties.
5664
5665 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
5666 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
5667 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
5668 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
5669 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
5670 shows this in the status output.
5671
5672 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
5673 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
5674 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
5675 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
5676 the need for configuration in an external file.
5677
5678 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
5679 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
5680 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
5681
5682 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
5683 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
5684 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
5685
5686 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
5687 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
5688 them. See:
5689
5690 https://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
5691
5692 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
5693
5694 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
5695 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
5696 dependency.
5697
5698 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
5699 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
5700 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
5701
5702 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
5703 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
5704 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
5705 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
5706 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
5707 output and such.
5708
5709 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
5710 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
5711
5712 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
5713 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
5714
5715 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
5716 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
5717 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
5718 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
5719
5720 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
5721 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
5722 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
5723 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
5724
5725 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
5726 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
5727 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
5728
5729 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
5730 IPC namespace.
5731
5732 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
5733 generated from kernel lists exported on
5734 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
5735
5736 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
5737 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
5738 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
5739
5740 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
5741 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
5742 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
5743 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
5744
5745 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
5746 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
5747 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
5748
5749 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
5750 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
5751 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
5752 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
5753
5754 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
5755 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
5756
5757 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
5758 noexec for parts of the file system.
5759
5760 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
5761 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
5762 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
5763 systemctl and similar tools:
5764
5765 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
5766
5767 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
5768 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
5769 the host itself is connected to
5770
5771 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
5772
5773 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
5774 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
5775 parameter: the message to send.
5776
5777 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
5778 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
5779 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
5780
5781 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
5782 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
5783
5784 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
5785 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
5786
5787 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
5788 queue to be configured.
5789
5790 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
5791 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
5792 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
5793
5794 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
5795 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
5796 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
5797 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
5798 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
5799 .network files.
5800
5801 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
5802 switch to select the routing policy table.
5803
5804 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
5805 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
5806
5807 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
5808 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
5809 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
5810 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
5811 added.
5812
5813 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
5814 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
5815
5816 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
5817 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
5818
5819 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
5820 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
5821 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
5822 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
5823
5824 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
5825 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
5826 devices.
5827
5828 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
5829 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
5830 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
5831
5832 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
5833 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
5834 even a single device.
5835
5836 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
5837 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
5838 systems.
5839
5840 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
5841 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
5842
5843 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
5844 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
5845 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
5846 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
5847 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
5848
5849 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
5850 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
5851
5852 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
5853 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
5854 libfprint.
5855
5856 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
5857 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
5858 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
5859 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
5860 the upstream server.
5861
5862 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
5863 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
5864 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
5865 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
5866 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
5867 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
5868 anyway.
5869
5870 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
5871 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
5872 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
5873
5874 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
5875 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
5876 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
5877 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
5878 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
5879 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
5880 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
5881 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
5882 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
5883 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
5884 lookup.
5885
5886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
5887 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
5888 capabilities passed to the container payload.
5889
5890 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
5891 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
5892 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
5893 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
5894 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
5895 IPv4-only).
5896
5897 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
5898 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
5899 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
5900
5901 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
5902 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
5903
5904 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
5905 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
5906 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
5907 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
5908 units.
5909
5910 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
5911 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
5912 operation, but it is still recommended.
5913
5914 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
5915 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
5916
5917 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
5918 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
5919
5920 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
5921 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
5922 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
5923
5924 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
5925 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
5926 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
5927
5928 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
5929 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
5930 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
5931 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
5932 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
5933 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
5934 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
5935 imported into the manager environment block.
5936
5937 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
5938 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
5939 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
5940
5941 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
5942 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
5943 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
5944 reloaded "↻".
5945
5946 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
5947 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
5948 a simple JSON format.
5949
5950 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
5951 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
5952 process signals and their numbers.
5953
5954 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
5955
5956 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
5957 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
5958
5959 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
5960 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
5961 colors are used in output.
5962
5963 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
5964 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
5965 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
5966 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
5967 disable this output again.
5968
5969 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
5970 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
5971 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
5972 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
5973
5974 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
5975 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
5976 recommended.
5977
5978 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
5979 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
5980 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
5981 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
5982 the keymap file first.
5983
5984 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
5985
5986 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
5987 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
5988 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
5989
5990 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
5991 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
5992 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
5993 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
5994
5995 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
5996 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
5997 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
5998 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
5999 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
6000 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
6001
6002 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
6003 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
6004 headers/legends.
6005
6006 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
6007 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
6008 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
6009 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
6010 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
6011 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
6012 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
6013 operations at a later step at once.
6014
6015 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
6016 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
6017 to regular strings.
6018
6019 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
6020 and measured the boot process into it.
6021
6022 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
6023 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
6024 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
6025 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
6026
6027 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
6028 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
6029 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
6030 it assigns the container a cgroup.
6031
6032 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
6033 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
6034
6035 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
6036 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
6037
6038 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
6039 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
6040 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
6041 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
6042 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
6043 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
6044 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
6045 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
6046 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
6047 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
6048 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
6049 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
6050 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
6051 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
6052 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
6053 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
6054 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
6055 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
6056 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
6057 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
6058 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
6059 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
6060 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
6061 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
6062 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
6063 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
6064 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
6065 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
6066 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
6067 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
6068 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
6069 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
6070 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
6071 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
6072 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
6073 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
6074 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6075
6076 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
6077
6078 CHANGES WITH 247:
6079
6080 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
6081 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
6082 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
6083 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
6084 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
6085 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
6086 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
6087 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
6088 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
6089 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
6090 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
6091 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
6092 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
6093 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
6094 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
6095
6096 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
6097 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
6098 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
6099 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
6100 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
6101 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
6102 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
6103 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
6104 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
6105 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
6106 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
6107 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
6108 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
6109 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
6110 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
6111
6112 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
6113 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
6114 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
6115 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
6116 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
6117 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
6118 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
6119 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
6120 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
6121 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
6122
6123 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
6124 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
6125 handle the new events. Specifically:
6126
6127 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
6128 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
6129 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
6130 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
6131 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
6132 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
6133 generated, for all other device types this change is still
6134 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
6135 future kernel uevent type additions).
6136
6137 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
6138 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
6139 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
6140 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
6141 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
6142 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
6143 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
6144 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
6145 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
6146 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
6147 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
6148 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
6149
6150 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
6151 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
6152 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
6153 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
6154 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
6155 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
6156 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
6157 above).
6158
6159 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
6160 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
6161 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
6162 behaviour change.
6163
6164 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
6165 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
6166 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
6167 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
6168 "udevadm trigger -c change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
6169 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
6170 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
6171 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
6172 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
6173 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
6174 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
6175 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
6176 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
6177 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
6178 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
6179 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
6180 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
6181 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
6182 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
6183 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
6184 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
6185 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
6186 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
6187 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
6188 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
6189 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
6190
6191 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
6192 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
6193 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
6194 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
6195 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
6196
6197 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
6198 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
6199 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
6200 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
6201 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
6202 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
6203 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
6204 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
6205 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
6206 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
6207 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
6208 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
6209 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
6210
6211 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
6212 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
6213 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
6214 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
6215 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
6216 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
6217 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
6218 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
6219 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
6220 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
6221 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
6222 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
6223 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
6224 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
6225 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
6226 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
6227 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
6228 they now are optional during runtime.
6229
6230 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
6231 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
6232 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
6233 which installs absolute timers.
6234
6235 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
6236 mode, which may be controlled via the new
6237 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
6238 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
6239 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
6240 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
6241 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
6242 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
6243 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
6244 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
6245
6246 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
6247 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
6248 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
6249 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
6250 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
6251 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
6252 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
6253 dispatched).
6254
6255 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
6256 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
6257 the RootImage= setting.
6258
6259 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
6260 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
6261 to the service.
6262
6263 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
6264 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
6265 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
6266 different for different units).
6267
6268 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
6269 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
6270 options.
6271
6272 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
6273 --json= switch.
6274
6275 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
6276 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
6277 authentication request.
6278
6279 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
6280 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
6281 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
6282 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
6283 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
6284 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
6285 empty.
6286
6287 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
6288 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
6289 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
6290 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
6291 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
6292 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
6293 image to be applied onto the image.
6294
6295 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
6296 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
6297 in OS disk images.
6298
6299 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
6300 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
6301 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
6302 other output modes.
6303
6304 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
6305 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
6306 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
6307 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
6308
6309 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
6310 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
6311 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
6312 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
6313 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
6314 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
6315 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
6316 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
6317 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
6318 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
6319
6320 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
6321 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
6322 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
6323 recursively to whole subtrees.
6324
6325 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
6326 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
6327 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
6328 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
6329 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
6330 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
6331 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
6332 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
6333
6334 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
6335 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
6336 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
6337 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
6338 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
6339 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
6340 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
6341 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
6342 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
6343 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
6344 system asks for a password.
6345
6346 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
6347 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
6348 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
6349 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
6350 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
6351 up.
6352
6353 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
6354 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
6355 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
6356
6357 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
6358 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
6359 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
6360 virtualization.
6361
6362 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
6363 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
6364 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
6365 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
6366 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
6367 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
6368 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
6369 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
6370 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
6371 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
6372 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
6373 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
6374 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
6375 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
6376 directories:
6377
6378 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
6379
6380 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
6381 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
6382 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
6383
6384 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
6385 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
6386 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
6387 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
6388
6389 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
6390 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
6391
6392 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
6393 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
6394 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
6395 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
6396 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
6397 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
6398 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
6399 applications.
6400
6401 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
6402 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
6403 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
6404 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
6405 build time.
6406
6407 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
6408 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
6409 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
6410 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
6411 system call filter policy.
6412
6413 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
6414 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
6415 filtering is turned off.
6416
6417 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
6418 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
6419 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
6420 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
6421 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
6422 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
6423 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
6424 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
6425 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
6426
6427 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
6428 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
6429 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
6430 exited.
6431
6432 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
6433 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
6434
6435 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
6436 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
6437 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
6438 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
6439 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
6440 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
6441 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
6442 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
6443 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
6444 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
6445 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
6446 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
6447 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
6448 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
6449 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
6450 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
6451 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
6452 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
6453 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
6454 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
6455 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
6456 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
6457
6458 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
6459 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
6460 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
6461 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
6462 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
6463 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
6464 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
6465 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
6466 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
6467 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
6468 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
6469 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
6470 aforementioned service settings.
6471
6472 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
6473 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
6474 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
6475 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
6476 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
6477 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
6478 and populated — there is no time window where they are
6479 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
6480 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
6481 will start from the beginning.
6482
6483 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
6484 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
6485 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
6486 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
6487
6488 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
6489 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
6490 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
6491 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
6492 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
6493 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
6494 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
6495 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
6496 on, including in the initrd.
6497
6498 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
6499 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
6500 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
6501 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
6502
6503 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
6504 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
6505 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
6506 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
6507 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
6508
6509 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
6510 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
6511 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
6512 this property in its status output.
6513
6514 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
6515 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
6516 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
6517 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
6518 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
6519 more similarly to nss-resolve.
6520
6521 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
6522 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
6523 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
6524 ctime.
6525
6526 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
6527 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
6528
6529 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
6530 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
6531 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
6532 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
6533 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
6534 having to rebuild systemd.
6535
6536 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
6537 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
6538 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
6539 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
6540 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
6541 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
6542 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
6543 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
6544
6545 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
6546 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
6547 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
6548 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
6549 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
6550 hardlinks.
6551
6552 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
6553 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
6554 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
6555
6556 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
6557 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
6558 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
6559 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
6560
6561 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
6562 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
6563
6564 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
6565 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
6566 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
6567 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
6568 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
6569
6570 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
6571 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
6572 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
6573 compatibility).
6574
6575 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
6576 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
6577 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
6578 prefix will be assigned.
6579
6580 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
6581 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
6582 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
6583 The setting is enabled by default.
6584
6585 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
6586 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
6587
6588 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
6589 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
6590 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
6591 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
6592 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
6593 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
6594 debuggable.
6595
6596 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
6597 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
6598 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
6599 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
6600
6601 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
6602 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
6603
6604 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
6605 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
6606 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
6607 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
6608 environments where the root file system is
6609 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
6610 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
6611
6612 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
6613 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
6614 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
6615 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
6616 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
6617 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
6618 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
6619 later).
6620
6621 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
6622 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
6623 working with heavily threaded programs.
6624
6625 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
6626 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
6627 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
6628 desirable.
6629
6630 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
6631 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
6632 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
6633 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
6634 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
6635 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
6636
6637 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
6638 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
6639 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
6640 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
6641 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
6642
6643 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
6644 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
6645 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
6646 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
6647 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
6648 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
6649 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
6650 promises.
6651
6652 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
6653 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
6654 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
6655 promises.
6656
6657 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
6658 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
6659 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
6660 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
6661 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
6662 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
6663 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
6664 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
6665 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
6666
6667 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
6668 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
6669 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
6670 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
6671 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
6672 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
6673 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
6674 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
6675 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
6676
6677 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
6678 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
6679 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
6680 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
6681 like this.
6682
6683 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
6684 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
6685 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
6686 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
6687 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
6688 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
6689 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
6690 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
6691 "net.naming_scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
6692
6693 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
6694 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
6695 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
6696 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
6697 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
6698 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
6699 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
6700 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
6701 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
6702 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
6703 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
6704 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
6705 appropriately.
6706
6707 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
6708 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
6709 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
6710 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
6711 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
6712 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
6713
6714 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
6715 contents in commented form in the text editor.
6716
6717 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
6718 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
6719 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
6720 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
6721 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
6722 protections for the different slices in the future.
6723
6724 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
6725 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
6726 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
6727 image dissection logic.
6728
6729 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
6730 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
6731 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
6732 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
6733 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
6734 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6735 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6736 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
6737 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
6738 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
6739 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
6740 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
6741 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
6742 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
6743 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
6744 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
6745 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
6746 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
6747 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
6748 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
6749 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
6750 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
6751 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
6752 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
6753 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
6754 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
6755 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
6756 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
6757 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
6758 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
6759 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
6760 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6761 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
6762
6763 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
6764
6765 CHANGES WITH 246:
6766
6767 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
6768 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
6769 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
6770
6771 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
6772 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
6773
6774 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
6775 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
6776 based on the NUMA mask.
6777
6778 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
6779 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
6780 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
6781
6782 * Two new unit file settings
6783 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
6784 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
6785 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
6786 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
6787
6788 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
6789 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
6790 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
6791 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
6792 instance).
6793
6794 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
6795 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
6796 service's processes shall include.
6797
6798 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
6799 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
6800 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
6801 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
6802
6803 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
6804 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
6805 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
6806 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
6807 depending on socket type.
6808
6809 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
6810 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
6811 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
6812 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
6813 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
6814 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
6815 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
6816 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
6817 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
6818 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
6819
6820 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
6821 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
6822 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
6823 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
6824 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
6825 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
6826 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
6827 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
6828
6829 * .service unit files gained two new options
6830 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
6831 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
6832 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
6833
6834 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
6835 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
6836 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
6837 prefix is used.
6838
6839 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
6840 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
6841 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
6842 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
6843 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
6844 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
6845 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
6846 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
6847 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
6848 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
6849 key/certificate parameters support this now.
6850
6851 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
6852 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
6853 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
6854 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
6855 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
6856 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
6857
6858 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
6859 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
6860 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
6861 finally gone now.
6862
6863 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
6864 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
6865 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
6866 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
6867
6868 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
6869 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
6870 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
6871 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
6872 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
6873 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
6874 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
6875 which is quite likely a major security problem.
6876
6877 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
6878 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
6879 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
6880 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
6881 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
6882
6883 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
6884 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
6885 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
6886 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
6887 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
6888
6889 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
6890 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
6891 boot.
6892
6893 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
6894 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
6895 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
6896 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
6897 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
6898 device.
6899
6900 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
6901 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
6902 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
6903
6904 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition_needs_update= and
6905 systemd.condition_first_boot= have been added, which override the
6906 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
6907 conditions.
6908
6909 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock_usec= has been added
6910 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
6911 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
6912 in order to make test cases more reliable.
6913
6914 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
6915 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
6916 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
6917 the process that faulted.
6918
6919 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
6920 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
6921 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
6922
6923 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
6924 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
6925 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
6926 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
6927 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
6928
6929 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
6930 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
6931 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
6932 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
6933 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
6934
6935 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
6936 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
6937 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
6938 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
6939 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
6940
6941 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
6942 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
6943 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
6944 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
6945 frame ring buffer sizes.
6946
6947 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
6948 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
6949
6950 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
6951 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
6952
6953 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
6954 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
6955 automatically assigned to the interface.
6956
6957 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
6958 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
6959 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
6960 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
6961 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
6962 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
6963 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
6964 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
6965 mode for Assign=.
6966
6967 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
6968 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
6969 source addresses.
6970
6971 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
6972 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
6973 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
6974 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
6975 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
6976 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
6977 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
6978 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
6979 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
6980 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
6981
6982 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
6983 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
6984 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
6985 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
6986 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
6987 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
6988 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
6989
6990 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
6991 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
6992 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
6993 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
6994 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
6995 the RA packets suggest it.
6996
6997 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
6998 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
6999 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
7000 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
7001
7002 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
7003 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
7004 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
7005 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
7006 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
7007 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
7008 field.
7009
7010 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
7011 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
7012 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
7013 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
7014 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
7015 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
7016
7017 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
7018 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
7019
7020 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
7021 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
7022 the VLAN protocol to use.
7023
7024 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
7025 of the .network files, to control the link group.
7026
7027 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
7028 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
7029 link local address is generated.
7030
7031 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
7032 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
7033 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
7034 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
7035 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
7036 carefully picking an interface name to use.
7037
7038 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
7039 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
7040
7041 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
7042 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
7043
7044 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
7045 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
7046 are still understood to provide compatibility.
7047
7048 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
7049 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
7050 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
7051 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
7052 interfaces up or down.
7053
7054 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
7055 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
7056 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
7057 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
7058 interface may be specified (after "%").
7059
7060 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
7061 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
7062 public DNS servers are not used.
7063
7064 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
7065
7066 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
7067 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
7068 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
7069 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
7070 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
7071 defined by systemd-resolved).
7072
7073 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
7074 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7075 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
7076
7077 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
7078 --property=…".
7079
7080 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
7081 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
7082 use --plain.
7083
7084 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
7085 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
7086 being deprecated in favor of this option.
7087
7088 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
7089 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
7090 process itself.
7091
7092 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
7093 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
7094 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
7095 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
7096 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
7097 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
7098 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
7099 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
7100 implementations.
7101
7102 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
7103 each log message for which a URL with further documentation is
7104 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
7105 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
7106 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
7107 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
7108 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
7109 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
7110 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
7111
7112 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
7113 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
7114 initialization.
7115
7116 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
7117 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
7118 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
7119
7120 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
7121 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
7122 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
7123 without any decoration.
7124
7125 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
7126 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
7127 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
7128 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
7129 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
7130 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
7131
7132 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
7133 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
7134 coredump data from.
7135
7136 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
7137 the zstd algorithm.
7138
7139 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
7140 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
7141 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
7142 not block clean file system unmounting.
7143
7144 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
7145 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
7146 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
7147
7148 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
7149 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
7150 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
7151 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
7152
7153 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
7154 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
7155
7156 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
7157 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
7158 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
7159 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
7160 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
7161 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
7162 instead of operating on actual block devices.
7163
7164 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
7165 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
7166
7167 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
7168 instead of 0.
7169
7170 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
7171 specifier expansion.
7172
7173 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
7174 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
7175 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
7176 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
7177 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
7178
7179 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
7180 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
7181 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
7182 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
7183 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
7184
7185 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
7186 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
7187 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
7188 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
7189 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
7190 --fido2-device= option.
7191
7192 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
7193 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
7194 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
7195 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
7196 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
7197 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
7198 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
7199
7200 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
7201 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
7202 changed from ext2 to ext4.
7203
7204 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
7205 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
7206 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
7207 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
7208 before the system continues to boot.
7209
7210 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
7211 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
7212 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
7213 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
7214 instead of at installation time.
7215
7216 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
7217 volumes with automatically from files in
7218 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
7219 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
7220
7221 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
7222 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
7223
7224 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
7225 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
7226 instance.
7227
7228 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
7229 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
7230 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
7231 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
7232
7233 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
7234 to query and change the firmware's 'Reboot Into Firmware Interface'
7235 setup flag.
7236
7237 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
7238 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
7239 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
7240 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
7241 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
7242 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
7243 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
7244 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
7245 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
7246 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
7247 incremental).
7248
7249 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
7250 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
7251 which it then operates.
7252
7253 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
7254 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
7255 directories for various resources.
7256
7257 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
7258 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
7259 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
7260 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
7261 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
7262 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
7263 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
7264 via the new --no-block switch.
7265
7266 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
7267 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
7268 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
7269 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
7270 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
7271 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
7272 case.
7273
7274 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
7275 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
7276 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
7277 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
7278
7279 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
7280 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
7281 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
7282 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
7283 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
7284
7285 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
7286 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
7287 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
7288 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
7289 vtable is associated with.
7290
7291 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
7292 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
7293 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
7294 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
7295
7296 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
7297 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
7298 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
7299
7300 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
7301
7302 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
7303 document the methods, signals and properties.
7304
7305 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
7306 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
7307 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
7308 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
7309 desktops has been added:
7310
7311 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
7312 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
7313 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
7314
7315 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
7316 and has now moved to:
7317
7318 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
7319
7320 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
7321 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
7322 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
7323 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
7324 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
7325 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
7326 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
7327
7328 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
7329 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
7330 target of the service during runtime.
7331
7332 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
7333 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
7334 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
7335
7336 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
7337 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
7338 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
7339 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
7340 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
7341 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
7342 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
7343 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
7344 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
7345 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
7346 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
7347 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7348 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
7349 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
7350 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
7351 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
7352 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
7353 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
7354 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
7355 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
7356 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
7357 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
7358 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
7359 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
7360 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
7361 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
7362 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
7363 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
7364 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
7365 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
7366 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
7367 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
7368 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
7369 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
7370 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
7371 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
7372 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7373 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
7374
7375 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
7376
7377 CHANGES WITH 245:
7378
7379 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
7380 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
7381 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
7382 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
7383 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
7384 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
7385 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
7386 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
7387 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
7388 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
7389 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
7390 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
7391 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
7392 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
7393 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
7394 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
7395 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
7396 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
7397 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
7398 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
7399 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
7400
7401 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
7402 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
7403 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
7404 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
7405 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
7406 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
7407 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
7408 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
7409 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
7410 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
7411 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
7412 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
7413 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
7414 that for the first time resource management and various other
7415 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
7416 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
7417 to apply on login. For further details see:
7418
7419 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
7420 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
7421 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
7422
7423 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
7424 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
7425 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
7426 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
7427 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
7428 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
7429 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
7430 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
7431 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
7432
7433 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
7434
7435 For further details about the format and expectations on home
7436 directories this new daemon makes, see:
7437
7438 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
7439
7440 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
7441 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
7442 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
7443 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
7444 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
7445 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
7446 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
7447 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
7448 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
7449 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
7450 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
7451 usage limitations and other settings.
7452
7453 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
7454 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
7455 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
7456 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
7457 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
7458 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
7459 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
7460 resource usage.
7461
7462 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
7463 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
7464
7465 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
7466 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
7467 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
7468 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
7469 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
7470
7471 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
7472 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
7473 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
7474 itself and the default for all other processes.
7475
7476 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
7477 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
7478 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
7479 database into account.
7480
7481 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
7482 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
7483 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
7484 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
7485
7486 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
7487 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
7488 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
7489 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
7490 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
7491 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
7492 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
7493 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
7494 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
7495 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
7496
7497 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
7498 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
7499 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
7500 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
7501 event source watching it is freed).
7502
7503 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
7504 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
7505 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
7506 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
7507
7508 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
7509 (IFB) network devices.
7510
7511 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
7512 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
7513
7514 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
7515 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
7516 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
7517 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
7518 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
7519 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
7520
7521 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
7522 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
7523 with its sense inverted.
7524
7525 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
7526 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
7527 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
7528
7529 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
7530 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
7531 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
7532
7533 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
7534 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
7535 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
7536 to be used.
7537
7538 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
7539 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
7540 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
7541 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
7542 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
7543 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
7544 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
7545
7546 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
7547 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
7548 debugging purposes.
7549
7550 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
7551 group named differently than the user.
7552
7553 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
7554 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
7555 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
7556
7557 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
7558 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
7559 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
7560 /etc/fstab.
7561
7562 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
7563 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
7564 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
7565 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
7566
7567 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
7568 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
7569 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
7570 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
7571
7572 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
7573 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
7574 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
7575 Bernard.
7576
7577 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
7578 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
7579 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
7580 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
7581 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
7582 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
7583 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
7584 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
7585 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
7586 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
7587 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
7588
7589 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
7590 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
7591 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
7592 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
7593 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
7594 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
7595 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
7596 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming_scheme= kernel
7597 command line option.
7598
7599 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
7600 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
7601
7602 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
7603 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
7604 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
7605 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
7606 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
7607 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
7608 systemd-timedated.
7609
7610 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
7611 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128-bit IDs, currently mostly
7612 GPT partition table types.
7613
7614 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
7615 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
7616 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
7617
7618 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
7619
7620 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
7621 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
7622 for the respective units.
7623
7624 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
7625 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
7626 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
7627
7628 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
7629 "status" output.
7630
7631 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
7632 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
7633 disappear.
7634
7635 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
7636 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
7637 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
7638 address is used.
7639
7640 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
7641 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
7642 dropped from the individual setting names.
7643
7644 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
7645 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
7646 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
7647 such files in version 243.
7648
7649 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
7650 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
7651 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
7652
7653 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
7654 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
7655 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
7656
7657 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
7658 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
7659 with stopping and disablement.
7660
7661 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
7662 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
7663 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
7664 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
7665 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
7666 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
7667 some internal systemd services (most notably
7668 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
7669 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
7670 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
7671 this systemd release. See
7672 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
7673 additional discussion.
7674
7675 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
7676 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
7677 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
7678 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
7679 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
7680 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
7681 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7682 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
7683 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
7684 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
7685 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
7686 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
7687 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
7688 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
7689 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
7690 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
7691 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
7692 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
7693 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
7694 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7695 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
7696 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
7697 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
7698 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
7699 DONG
7700
7701 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
7702
7703 CHANGES WITH 244:
7704
7705 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
7706 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
7707 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
7708 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
7709
7710 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
7711 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
7712 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
7713 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
7714
7715 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
7716 units.
7717
7718 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
7719 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
7720 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
7721 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
7722 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
7723 set the EFI variable.
7724
7725 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
7726 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
7727 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
7728 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
7729 and overrides the systemd setting.
7730
7731 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
7732 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
7733 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
7734 effect.)
7735
7736 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
7737 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
7738 that affects all corresponding unit files.
7739
7740 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
7741 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
7742
7743 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
7744 the unit being shown.
7745
7746 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
7747 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
7748 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
7749 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
7750 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
7751
7752 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
7753 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
7754 which need to use them.
7755
7756 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
7757 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
7758 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
7759 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
7760 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
7761 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
7762 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
7763 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
7764 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
7765 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
7766
7767 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
7768 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
7769 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
7770 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
7771 security tokens that were used previously.
7772
7773 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
7774 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
7775 improve power saving with many more devices.
7776
7777 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
7778 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
7779 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
7780
7781 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
7782 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
7783 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
7784 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
7785 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
7786
7787 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
7788 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
7789 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
7790 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
7791 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
7792
7793 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
7794 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
7795
7796 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
7797 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
7798
7799 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
7800 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
7801 now supported.
7802
7803 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
7804 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
7805
7806 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
7807 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
7808 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
7809
7810 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
7811 received from the server.
7812
7813 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
7814 set.
7815
7816 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
7817 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
7818
7819 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
7820 using a new SendOption= setting.
7821
7822 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
7823 service type" value used by the client.
7824
7825 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
7826 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
7827
7828 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
7829 a new SendOption= setting.
7830
7831 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
7832 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
7833
7834 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
7835 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
7836
7837 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
7838 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
7839 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
7840
7841 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
7842 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
7843 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
7844 BSSID for wireless links.
7845
7846 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
7847 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
7848
7849 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
7850 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
7851
7852 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
7853 disciplines in the kernel using the new
7854 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
7855 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
7856 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
7857 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
7858
7859 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
7860
7861 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
7862 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
7863 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
7864 on its own).
7865
7866 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
7867 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
7868 of the present time.
7869
7870 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
7871 reproducible image builds easier).
7872
7873 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
7874 Specification.
7875
7876 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
7877 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
7878 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
7879 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
7880
7881 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
7882 is being used.
7883
7884 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
7885
7886 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
7887 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
7888 path as the system manager.
7889
7890 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
7891 outputting the 128-bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
7892 representation").
7893
7894 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
7895 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
7896 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
7897 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
7898 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
7899 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
7900 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
7901 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
7902
7903 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
7904 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
7905 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
7906 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
7907 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
7908 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
7909 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
7910 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
7911 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
7912 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
7913 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
7914 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
7915 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
7916 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
7917 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
7918 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
7919 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
7920 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
7921 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
7922 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
7923 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
7924 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
7925 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7926
7927 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
7928
7929 CHANGES WITH 243:
7930
7931 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
7932 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
7933 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
7934 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
7935 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
7936 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
7937 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
7938 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
7939
7940 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
7941 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
7942 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
7943 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
7944 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
7945 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
7946 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
7947 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
7948 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
7949 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
7950 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
7951 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
7952 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
7953 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
7954 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
7955 documentation.
7956
7957 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
7958 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
7959 from the old 16-bit range. This should improve security and
7960 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
7961 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
7962 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
7963 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
7964 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
7965 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
7966 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
7967 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
7968 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
7969 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
7970 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
7971 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
7972 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
7973
7974 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
7975 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
7976 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
7977 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
7978
7979 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
7980 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
7981
7982 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
7983 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
7984 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
7985 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
7986 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
7987 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
7988 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
7989 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
7990 caught up with the kernel API changes.
7991
7992 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
7993 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
7994 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
7995 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
7996 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
7997 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
7998 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
7999 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
8000 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
8001 packagers.
8002
8003 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
8004 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
8005
8006 build/man/man systemctl
8007 build/man/html systemd.index
8008
8009 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
8010 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
8011
8012 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
8013 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
8014 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
8015 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
8016 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
8017 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
8018
8019 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
8020 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
8021 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
8022 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
8023 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
8024 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
8025 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
8026 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
8027 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
8028 unambiguously distinguished.
8029
8030 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
8031 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
8032 very rarely used.
8033
8034 To replace this functionality, users should:
8035 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
8036 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
8037 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
8038 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
8039 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
8040
8041 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
8042 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
8043 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
8044 interfaces should really be matched.
8045
8046 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
8047 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
8048 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
8049 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
8050 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
8051 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
8052
8053 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
8054 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
8055 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
8056 stop the whole unit.
8057
8058 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
8059 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
8060 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
8061 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
8062 generated whenever a unit stops.
8063
8064 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
8065 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
8066 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
8067 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
8068
8069 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
8070 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
8071 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
8072 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
8073 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
8074
8075 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
8076 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
8077 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
8078 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
8079 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
8080 programs set up externally.
8081
8082 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
8083 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
8084 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
8085 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
8086
8087 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
8088 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
8089 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
8090 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
8091 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
8092 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
8093 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
8094
8095 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
8096 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
8097 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
8098 as before.
8099
8100 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
8101 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
8102 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
8103 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
8104 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
8105 links on terminals that support that.
8106
8107 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
8108 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
8109 unmounted safely during shutdown.
8110
8111 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
8112
8113 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
8114 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
8115 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
8116 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
8117 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
8118 The default remains unchanged.
8119
8120 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
8121 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
8122
8123 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
8124 udev property.
8125
8126 Those two changes form a new net.naming_scheme= entry. Distributions
8127 which want to preserve naming stability may want to set the
8128 -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
8129
8130 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
8131 interfaces natively.
8132
8133 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
8134 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
8135 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
8136 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
8137
8138 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
8139 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
8140 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
8141 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
8142 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
8143 RELEASE message when terminating.
8144
8145 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
8146 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
8147
8148 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
8149 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
8150 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
8151 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
8152 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
8153 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
8154 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
8155
8156 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
8157 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
8158 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
8159 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
8160 added to the GENEVE support.
8161
8162 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
8163 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
8164 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
8165 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
8166 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
8167
8168 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
8169 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
8170 onto the network device.
8171
8172 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
8173 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
8174 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
8175 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
8176 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
8177
8178 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
8179 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
8180 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
8181
8182 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
8183 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
8184
8185 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
8186 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
8187
8188 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
8189 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
8190 statistics.
8191
8192 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
8193 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
8194 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
8195
8196 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
8197 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
8198
8199 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
8200 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
8201 specific udev properties.
8202
8203 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
8204 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
8205 "lo" as underlying device.
8206
8207 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
8208 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
8209 IP addresses, too.
8210
8211 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
8212 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
8213 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
8214 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
8215
8216 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
8217 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
8218 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
8219 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
8220
8221 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
8222 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
8223 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
8224
8225 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
8226 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
8227 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
8228
8229 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
8230
8231 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
8232 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
8233 does the same for recurring calendar events.
8234
8235 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
8236 durations as opposed to points in time).
8237
8238 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
8239 expressions.
8240
8241 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
8242 codes to their names and back.
8243
8244 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
8245 file paths and unit aliases.
8246
8247 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
8248 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
8249 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
8250 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
8251
8252 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
8253 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
8254 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
8255 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
8256 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
8257 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
8258 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
8259 udev rules for that purpose.
8260
8261 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
8262 a device to be initialized.
8263
8264 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
8265 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
8266 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
8267
8268 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
8269 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
8270 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
8271 with gcc's cleanup extension.
8272
8273 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
8274 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128-bit ID in UUID format
8275 with printf().
8276
8277 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
8278 XML introspection data unmodified.
8279
8280 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
8281 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
8282 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
8283 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
8284
8285 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
8286 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
8287 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
8288 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
8289 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
8290 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
8291 configured to handle the watchdog.
8292
8293 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
8294 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
8295 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
8296
8297 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
8298 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
8299 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
8300
8301 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
8302 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
8303 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
8304 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
8305 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
8306
8307 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
8308 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
8309 review.
8310
8311 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
8312 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
8313
8314 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
8315 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
8316
8317 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
8318 failures to apply them are now ignored.
8319
8320 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
8321 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
8322 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
8323 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
8324
8325 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
8326 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
8327 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
8328 service.
8329
8330 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
8331 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
8332 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
8333 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
8334 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
8335 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
8336 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
8337 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
8338 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
8339 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
8340 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
8341 a seed was received from the boot loader.
8342
8343 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
8344
8345 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
8346 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
8347 above.
8348
8349 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
8350 installed.
8351
8352 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
8353 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
8354 bootloader entry).
8355
8356 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
8357 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
8358
8359 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
8360
8361 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
8362 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
8363 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
8364 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
8365 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
8366
8367 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
8368 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
8369 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
8370
8371 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
8372 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
8373
8374 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
8375 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
8376 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
8377
8378 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
8379 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
8380 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
8381 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
8382 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
8383 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
8384 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
8385 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
8386 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
8387 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
8388 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
8389 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
8390 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
8391 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
8392 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
8393 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
8394 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
8395 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
8396 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
8397 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
8398 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
8399 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
8400 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
8401 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
8402 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
8403 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
8404 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
8405 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
8406 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
8407 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
8408
8409 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
8410
8411 CHANGES WITH 242:
8412
8413 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
8414 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
8415 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
8416 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
8417 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
8418 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
8419 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
8420
8421 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
8422 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
8423
8424 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
8425 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
8426 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
8427 may be used to view this.
8428
8429 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
8430 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
8431 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
8432 ```
8433 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
8434 [Match]
8435 Type=bridge
8436
8437 [Link]
8438 MACAddressPolicy=none
8439 ```
8440
8441 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
8442 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
8443 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
8444 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
8445 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
8446 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
8447 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
8448
8449 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
8450 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
8451
8452 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
8453 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
8454
8455 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
8456 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
8457
8458 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
8459 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
8460 is a USB peripheral).
8461
8462 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
8463 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
8464 measured.
8465
8466 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
8467 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
8468 have privileges to do so).
8469
8470 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
8471 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
8472 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
8473
8474 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
8475 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
8476 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
8477 namespace.
8478
8479 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
8480 in which case environment variable substitution is
8481 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
8482
8483 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
8484 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
8485 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
8486 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
8487 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
8488
8489 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
8490 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
8491 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
8492 installed CPU cores.
8493
8494 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
8495 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
8496 kernel 4.15.
8497
8498 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
8499 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
8500 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
8501 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
8502 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
8503
8504 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
8505 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
8506 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
8507
8508 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
8509 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
8510 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
8511 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
8512 enslaved devices is not operational.
8513
8514 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
8515 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
8516
8517 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
8518 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
8519 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
8520 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
8521 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
8522 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
8523
8524 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
8525 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
8526
8527 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
8528
8529 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
8530 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
8531 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
8532
8533 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
8534 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
8535
8536 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
8537 configure CAN triple sampling.
8538
8539 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
8540 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
8541
8542 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
8543 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
8544 details.
8545
8546 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
8547 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
8548 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
8549 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
8550 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
8551 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
8552
8553 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
8554
8555 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
8556 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
8557 controlling project quota inheritance.
8558
8559 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
8560 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
8561 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
8562 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
8563 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
8564 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
8565 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
8566 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
8567 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
8568 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
8569 partition.
8570
8571 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
8572 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
8573 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
8574 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
8575 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
8576
8577 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
8578 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
8579
8580 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
8581 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
8582 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
8583 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
8584 be used in production yet.
8585
8586 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
8587 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
8588 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
8589 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
8590 input, output, and error are set up.
8591
8592 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
8593
8594 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
8595 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
8596 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
8597
8598 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
8599 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
8600 the specified expression will elapse next.
8601
8602 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
8603 introspection data.
8604
8605 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
8606 the reboot() system call expects.
8607
8608 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
8609 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
8610 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
8611
8612 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
8613 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
8614 ConditionVirtualization=).
8615
8616 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
8617 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
8618 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
8619 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
8620 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
8621 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
8622 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
8623 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
8624 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
8625 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
8626 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
8627 during reboot with their own operations.
8628
8629 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
8630 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
8631 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
8632 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
8633
8634 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
8635 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
8636 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
8637 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
8638 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
8639
8640 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
8641 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
8642
8643 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
8644 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
8645 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
8646 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
8647 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
8648 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
8649 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
8650 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
8651 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
8652
8653 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
8654 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
8655 prohibited.
8656
8657 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
8658 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
8659 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
8660 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
8661 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
8662 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
8663 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
8664 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
8665
8666 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
8667 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
8668 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
8669 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
8670 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
8671 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
8672 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
8673 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
8674 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
8675 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
8676 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
8677 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
8678 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
8679 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
8680 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
8681 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
8682 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
8683 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8684
8685 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
8686
8687 CHANGES WITH 241:
8688
8689 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
8690 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
8691 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
8692
8693 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
8694 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
8695 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
8696 include the package release information.
8697
8698 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
8699 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
8700 option.
8701
8702 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
8703 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
8704 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
8705
8706 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
8707 again.
8708
8709 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
8710 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
8711 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
8712 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
8713 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
8714 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
8715 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
8716 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
8717 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
8718 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
8719 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
8720 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
8721 installed .link files to *not* include it.
8722
8723 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
8724 "persistent", now works again as documented.
8725
8726 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
8727 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
8728
8729 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
8730 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
8731 used for side-channel attacks.
8732
8733 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
8734 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
8735 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
8736
8737 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
8738 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
8739 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
8740 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
8741 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
8742 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
8743
8744 fs.protected_regular = 0
8745 fs.protected_fifos = 0
8746
8747 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
8748 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
8749
8750 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
8751 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
8752 POSIX shells.
8753
8754 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
8755 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
8756
8757 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
8758 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
8759 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
8760 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
8761 points but otherwise empty.
8762
8763 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
8764 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
8765 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
8766
8767 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
8768 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
8769
8770 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
8771 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
8772
8773 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
8774 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
8775 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
8776 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
8777 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
8778 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
8779 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
8780 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
8781 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
8782 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8783 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8784 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
8785 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
8786 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
8787 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
8788 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8789 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
8790
8791 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
8792
8793 CHANGES WITH 240:
8794
8795 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
8796 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
8797 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
8798 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
8799 an SELinux policy update is required.
8800 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
8801
8802 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
8803 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
8804 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
8805 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
8806 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
8807 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
8808 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
8809 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
8810 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
8811 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
8812
8813 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
8814 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
8815 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
8816 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
8817 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
8818 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
8819 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
8820 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
8821 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
8822 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
8823 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
8824 the search path.
8825
8826 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
8827 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
8828 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
8829 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
8830 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
8831 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
8832 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
8833 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
8834 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
8835 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
8836 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
8837 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
8838 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
8839 start job.
8840
8841 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
8842 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
8843 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
8844 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
8845 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
8846 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
8847 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
8848 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
8849 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
8850 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
8851
8852 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
8853 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
8854 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
8855 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
8856 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
8857 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
8858 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
8859 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
8860 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
8861 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
8862 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
8863 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
8864 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
8865 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
8866 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
8867 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
8868 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
8869 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
8870 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
8871 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
8872 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
8873 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
8874 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
8875 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
8876 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
8877 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
8878 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
8879 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
8880 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
8881 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
8882 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
8883 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
8884 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
8885 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
8886 Java.)
8887
8888 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
8889 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
8890 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
8891 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
8892 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
8893 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
8894 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
8895 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
8896 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
8897 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
8898
8899 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
8900 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
8901 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
8902 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
8903 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
8904 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
8905
8906 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
8907 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
8908 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
8909 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
8910 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
8911
8912 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
8913 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
8914
8915 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
8916 reverted.
8917
8918 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
8919 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
8920 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
8921
8922 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
8923 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
8924
8925 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
8926 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
8927 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
8928
8929 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
8930 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
8931 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
8932 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
8933 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
8934 latency.
8935
8936 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
8937 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
8938
8939 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
8940 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
8941 instance part of a unit name.
8942
8943 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
8944 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
8945 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
8946 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
8947 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
8948 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
8949 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
8950 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
8951 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
8952
8953 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
8954 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
8955 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
8956 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
8957
8958 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
8959 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
8960 to a file, and appending to it.
8961
8962 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
8963 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
8964 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
8965 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
8966 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
8967 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
8968
8969 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
8970 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
8971 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
8972 having to touch C code.
8973
8974 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
8975 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
8976
8977 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
8978 DNS-over-TLS.
8979
8980 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
8981 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
8982 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
8983
8984 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
8985 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
8986 until the system finished start-up.
8987
8988 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
8989
8990 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
8991 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
8992 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
8993 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
8994 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
8995 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
8996 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
8997
8998 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
8999 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
9000 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
9001 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
9002 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
9003 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
9004 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
9005 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
9006 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
9007 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
9008 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
9009 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
9010
9011 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
9012 instantiate services.
9013
9014 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
9015 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
9016
9017 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
9018 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
9019 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
9020
9021 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
9022 it is neither used nor maintained.
9023
9024 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
9025 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
9026 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
9027 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
9028 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
9029 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
9030 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
9031 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
9032 separated by colons.
9033
9034 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
9035 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
9036
9037 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
9038 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
9039
9040 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
9041 "ethtool advertise" commands.
9042
9043 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
9044 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
9045 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
9046 directly.
9047
9048 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
9049 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
9050 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
9051 ID.
9052
9053 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
9054 and generate various 128-bit IDs.
9055
9056 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
9057 and LOGO=.
9058
9059 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
9060 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
9061 from any hibernated image.
9062
9063 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
9064 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
9065 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
9066 kernel exports them.
9067
9068 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
9069 /usr/bin/.
9070
9071 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
9072 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
9073 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
9074 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
9075 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
9076 now documented here:
9077
9078 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
9079
9080 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
9081 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
9082 installs during early boot.
9083
9084 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
9085 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
9086
9087 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
9088 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
9089
9090 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
9091 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
9092 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
9093
9094 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
9095 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
9096 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
9097 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
9098 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
9099 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
9100 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
9101 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
9102 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
9103 is on AC power.
9104
9105 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
9106 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
9107 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
9108 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
9109 see:
9110
9111 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
9112
9113 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
9114 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
9115 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
9116 and container environments.
9117
9118 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
9119 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
9120 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
9121 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
9122
9123 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
9124 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
9125 journald per-service.
9126
9127 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
9128 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
9129
9130 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
9131 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
9132 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
9133 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
9134
9135 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
9136 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
9137 groups.
9138
9139 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
9140 --ephemeral command line switch.
9141
9142 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
9143 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
9144 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
9145 object itself.
9146
9147 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
9148 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
9149 not unloaded).
9150
9151 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
9152 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
9153 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
9154
9155 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
9156 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
9157 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
9158 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
9159 "dead" state on success.
9160
9161 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
9162 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
9163 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
9164 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
9165 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
9166 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
9167 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
9168 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
9169 well-defined system service context.
9170
9171 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
9172 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
9173 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
9174 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
9175
9176 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
9177 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
9178 continue to be used.
9179
9180 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
9181 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
9182 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
9183 for example:
9184
9185 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
9186
9187 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
9188 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
9189 the command line's exit code.
9190
9191 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
9192
9193 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
9194
9195 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
9196 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
9197 support to systemctl and all other commands.
9198
9199 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
9200 name as argument.
9201
9202 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
9203 net.naming_scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
9204 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
9205 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
9206 is improved.
9207
9208 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
9209 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128-bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
9210 initialize one to all 0xFF.
9211
9212 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
9213 all files and directories listed in
9214 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
9215 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
9216 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
9217 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
9218 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
9219 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
9220 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
9221 the transition to the host OS.
9222
9223 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
9224 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
9225 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
9226 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
9227 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
9228 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
9229 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
9230 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
9231 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
9232 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
9233 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
9234 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
9235 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
9236 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
9237 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
9238 these are opened they don't work.
9239
9240 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
9241 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
9242 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
9243 logic works again.
9244
9245 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
9246 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
9247 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
9248 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
9249 ignore it.
9250
9251 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
9252 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
9253 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
9254 commands.
9255
9256 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
9257 pam_systemd anymore.
9258
9259 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
9260 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
9261 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
9262 policy took effect.
9263
9264 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
9265 python-3.5.
9266
9267 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
9268 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
9269 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
9270 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
9271 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
9272 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
9273 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
9274 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
9275 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
9276 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
9277 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
9278 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
9279 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
9280 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
9281 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
9282 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
9283 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9284 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
9285 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
9286 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
9287 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
9288 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
9289 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
9290 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
9291 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
9292 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
9293 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9294 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
9295 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
9296 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
9297 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
9298 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
9299 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
9300 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
9301 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
9302 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
9303 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
9304 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
9305 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
9306 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
9307 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
9308 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
9309 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
9310 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
9311 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
9312
9313 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
9314
9315 CHANGES WITH 239:
9316
9317 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
9318 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
9319 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
9320 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
9321 a slot number associated.
9322
9323 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
9324 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
9325 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
9326 independent.
9327
9328 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
9329 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
9330 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9331
9332 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
9333 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
9334 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
9335 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
9336
9337 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
9338 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
9339 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
9340 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
9341 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
9342 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
9343 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
9344 e.g. NIS.
9345
9346 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
9347 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
9348 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
9349 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
9350 may be necessary to update the file.
9351
9352 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
9353 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
9354 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
9355 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
9356 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
9357 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
9358 documentation.
9359
9360 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
9361 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
9362 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
9363 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
9364 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
9365 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
9366 them.
9367
9368 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
9369 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
9370 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
9371 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
9372 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
9373
9374 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
9375 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
9376 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
9377 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
9378 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
9379 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
9380 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
9381 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
9382
9383 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
9384 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
9385 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
9386 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
9387 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
9388
9389 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
9390 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
9391 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
9392 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
9393 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
9394
9395 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
9396 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
9397 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
9398
9399 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
9400 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
9401 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
9402 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
9403 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
9404 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
9405 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
9406 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
9407 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
9408 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
9409 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
9410 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
9411 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
9412 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
9413 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
9414 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
9415 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
9416 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
9417 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
9418 from.
9419
9420 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
9421 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
9422 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
9423 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
9424
9425 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
9426 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
9427 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
9428 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
9429
9430 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
9431 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
9432 hibernates again.
9433
9434 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
9435 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier. (EDIT: the
9436 option was broken, and was dropped in v255.)
9437
9438 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
9439 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
9440 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
9441
9442 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
9443 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
9444 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
9445 was not configurable and set to 512.
9446
9447 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
9448 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
9449 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
9450 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
9451 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
9452 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
9453 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
9454 in particular su and sudo.
9455
9456 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
9457 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
9458 synchronization has been received from the network. This
9459 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
9460 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
9461 services.
9462
9463 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
9464 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
9465 files should work for hibernation now.
9466
9467 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
9468 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
9469 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
9470 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
9471 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
9472 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
9473 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
9474 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
9475 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
9476 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
9477 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
9478 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
9479 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
9480 name following the last dash.
9481
9482 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
9483 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
9484 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
9485 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
9486 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
9487
9488 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
9489 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
9490 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
9491 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
9492 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
9493 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
9494
9495 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
9496 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
9497 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
9498 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
9499
9500 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
9501 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
9502 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
9503 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
9504 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
9505
9506 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
9507 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
9508 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
9509 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
9510 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
9511 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
9512 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
9513 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
9514 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
9515 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
9516 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
9517 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
9518 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
9519
9520 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
9521 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
9522 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
9523 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
9524 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
9525 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
9526 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
9527 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
9528 settings.
9529
9530 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
9531 expiration feature, if it is available.
9532
9533 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
9534 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
9535 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
9536
9537 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
9538 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
9539
9540 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
9541
9542 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
9543 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
9544
9545 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
9546 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
9547 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
9548 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
9549 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
9550 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
9551 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
9552 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
9553 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
9554 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
9555 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
9556
9557 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
9558 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
9559 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
9560 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
9561
9562 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
9563 about its state.
9564
9565 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
9566 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
9567 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
9568 "timedatectl set-ntp".
9569
9570 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
9571 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
9572 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
9573 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
9574 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
9575 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
9576 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
9577 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
9578 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
9579 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
9580 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
9581
9582 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
9583 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
9584
9585 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
9586 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
9587 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
9588 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
9589 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
9590 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
9591
9592 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
9593 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
9594 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
9595 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
9596 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
9597 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
9598 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
9599
9600 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
9601 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
9602 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
9603 shown.)
9604
9605 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
9606 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
9607 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
9608 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
9609 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
9610 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
9611 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
9612 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
9613 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
9614
9615 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
9616 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
9617 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
9618
9619 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
9620 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
9621 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
9622 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
9623 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
9624 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
9625 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
9626 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
9627
9628 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
9629
9630 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
9631 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
9632 automatically when the system clock changed.)
9633
9634 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
9635 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
9636
9637 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
9638 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
9639 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
9640
9641 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
9642
9643 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
9644
9645 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
9646 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
9647
9648 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
9649 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
9650 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
9651 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
9652 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
9653 external user databases.
9654
9655 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
9656 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
9657 refused due to the enforced limits.
9658
9659 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
9660 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
9661 manages.
9662
9663 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
9664 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
9665 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
9666 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
9667 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
9668 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
9669 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
9670 where this is now used by default.
9671
9672 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
9673 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
9674
9675 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
9676 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
9677 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
9678 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
9679 update process in a generic way.
9680
9681 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
9682
9683 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
9684 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
9685 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
9686 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
9687 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
9688 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
9689 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
9690 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
9691 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
9692 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
9693 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
9694 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
9695 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
9696 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
9697 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
9698 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
9699 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
9700 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
9701 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
9702 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
9703 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
9704 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
9705 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
9706 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
9707 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
9708 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
9709 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
9710 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
9711 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9712
9713 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
9714
9715 CHANGES WITH 238:
9716
9717 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
9718 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
9719 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
9720 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
9721 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
9722 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
9723 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
9724 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
9725 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
9726 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
9727 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
9728 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
9729 to revert this change.
9730
9731 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
9732 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
9733 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
9734 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
9735 once at the end of the transaction.
9736
9737 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
9738 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
9739 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
9740 scripts.
9741
9742 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
9743 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
9744 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
9745 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
9746 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
9747 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
9748 still allowing local admin overrides.
9749
9750 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
9751 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
9752 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
9753
9754 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
9755 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
9756 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
9757 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
9758 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
9759
9760 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
9761 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
9762 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
9763 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
9764 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
9765 from package installation scripts.
9766
9767 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
9768 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
9769 without the user number ("u username -:456").
9770
9771 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
9772 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
9773
9774 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
9775 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
9776 /sbin/nologin for other users).
9777
9778 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
9779 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
9780 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
9781 --systemd, --user, or --global).
9782
9783 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
9784 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
9785 which are triggered meanwhile).
9786
9787 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
9788 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
9789 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
9790 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
9791 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
9792
9793 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
9794 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
9795 rotated very quickly.
9796
9797 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
9798 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
9799 pending bus messages.
9800
9801 * systemd gained a new
9802 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
9803 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
9804 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
9805 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
9806 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
9807 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
9808 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
9809 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
9810 session scope.
9811
9812 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
9813 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
9814 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
9815 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
9816 the tree to be accessed.
9817
9818 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
9819 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
9820 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
9821
9822 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
9823 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
9824 to keys in the main keyring.
9825
9826 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
9827
9828 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
9829 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
9830
9831 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
9832
9833 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
9834 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
9835 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
9836 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
9837 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
9838 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
9839 explicitly.
9840
9841 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
9842 the colour of "OK" status messages.
9843
9844 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
9845 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
9846 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
9847 be restarted.
9848
9849 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
9850 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
9851
9852 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
9853 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
9854 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
9855 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
9856 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
9857 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
9858 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
9859 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
9860 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
9861 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
9862 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
9863 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
9864 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
9865 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9866 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
9867 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
9868
9869 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
9870
9871 CHANGES WITH 237:
9872
9873 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
9874 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
9875 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
9876 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
9877
9878 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
9879 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
9880 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
9881 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
9882 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
9883 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
9884 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
9885 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
9886 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
9887 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
9888
9889 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
9890 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
9891 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
9892 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
9893 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
9894 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
9895 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
9896 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
9897 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
9898 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
9899
9900 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
9901 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
9902 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
9903 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
9904 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
9905 now provides explicit control.
9906
9907 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
9908 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
9909 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
9910 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
9911 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
9912 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
9913 unit types that already supported transient operation.
9914
9915 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
9916 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
9917 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
9918
9919 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
9920 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
9921
9922 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
9923 .network files all gained support for a new condition
9924 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
9925 versions.
9926
9927 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
9928 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
9929 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
9930 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
9931 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
9932 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
9933 understands RapidCommit=.
9934
9935 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
9936 Delegation.
9937
9938 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
9939 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
9940 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
9941 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
9942 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
9943 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
9944 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
9945 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
9946 --watch-bind= command line switch.
9947
9948 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
9949 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
9950 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
9951 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
9952 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
9953 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
9954 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
9955 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
9956 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
9957 "Disconnected" signals).
9958
9959 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
9960 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
9961 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
9962 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
9963 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
9964 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
9965 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
9966 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
9967 round-trips are removed.
9968
9969 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
9970 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
9971 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
9972 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
9973
9974 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
9975 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
9976 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
9977 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
9978 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
9979 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
9980
9981 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
9982 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
9983 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
9984 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
9985 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
9986 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
9987 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
9988 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
9989 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
9990 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
9991
9992 * sd-event gained a new call pair
9993 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
9994 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
9995 when the event source is destroyed.
9996
9997 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
9998 connections.
9999
10000 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
10001 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
10002 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
10003 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
10004 new transitional flag file has been added: if
10005 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
10006 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
10007
10008 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
10009 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
10010 manager.
10011
10012 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
10013 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
10014 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
10015 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
10016 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
10017
10018 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
10019 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
10020 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
10021 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
10022 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
10023 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
10024
10025 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
10026 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
10027 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
10028 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
10029 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
10030 level/target is given as an argument.
10031
10032 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
10033 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
10034 where UID and GID do not match.
10035
10036 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
10037 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
10038 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
10039 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
10040 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10041 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
10042 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
10043 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
10044 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
10045 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
10046 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
10047 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
10048 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
10049 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
10050 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
10051 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
10052 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
10053 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
10054 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
10055 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
10056 Палаузов
10057
10058 — Brno, 2018-01-28
10059
10060 CHANGES WITH 236:
10061
10062 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
10063 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
10064 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
10065 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
10066
10067 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
10068 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
10069 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
10070 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
10071 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
10072 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
10073 valid specifiers today.)
10074
10075 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
10076 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
10077 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
10078 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
10079 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
10080 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
10081
10082 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
10083 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
10084 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
10085 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
10086
10087 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
10088 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
10089 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
10090 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
10091 services are resolved properly.
10092
10093 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
10094 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
10095 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
10096 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
10097 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
10098 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
10099 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
10100 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
10101 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
10102 and btrfs.
10103
10104 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
10105 DNS server and domain information.
10106
10107 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
10108 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
10109 runtime.
10110
10111 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
10112 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
10113 empty for the first time.
10114
10115 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
10116 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
10117 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
10118 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
10119 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
10120 running in the user session.
10121
10122 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
10123 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
10124 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
10125 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
10126 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
10127 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
10128 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
10129 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
10130 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
10131 user instance).
10132
10133 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
10134 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
10135
10136 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
10137 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
10138 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
10139 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
10140
10141 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
10142 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
10143
10144 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
10145 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
10146 sleep verbs.
10147
10148 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
10149
10150 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
10151 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
10152
10153 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
10154
10155 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
10156 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
10157 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
10158
10159 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
10160 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
10161 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
10162 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
10163 instance.
10164
10165 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
10166 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
10167 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
10168
10169 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
10170 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
10171 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
10172
10173 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
10174
10175 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
10176 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
10177 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
10178 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
10179 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
10180 processes.
10181
10182 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
10183 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
10184 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
10185 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
10186
10187 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
10188 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
10189 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
10190
10191 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
10192 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
10193 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
10194 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
10195 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
10196
10197 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
10198 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
10199
10200 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
10201 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
10202 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
10203 time the specified expression would elapse.
10204
10205 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
10206 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
10207 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
10208 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
10209 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
10210 types, not just services.
10211
10212 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
10213 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
10214 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
10215 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
10216
10217 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
10218 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
10219 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
10220 interface for this purpose.
10221
10222 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
10223 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
10224 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
10225 anyway.
10226
10227 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
10228 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
10229 requirements of systemd.
10230
10231 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
10232 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
10233 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel command line option.
10234
10235 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
10236 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
10237 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
10238 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
10239
10240 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
10241 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
10242 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
10243 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
10244
10245 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
10246 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
10247
10248 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
10249 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
10250 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
10251 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
10252 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
10253 managing software supports (such as pppd).
10254
10255 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
10256 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
10257 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
10258
10259 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
10260 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
10261 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
10262 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
10263 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
10264 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
10265 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
10266 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
10267 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
10268 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
10269 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
10270 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
10271 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
10272 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
10273 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
10274 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
10275 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
10276 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
10277 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
10278 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
10279 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
10280 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
10281 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
10282
10283 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
10284
10285 CHANGES WITH 235:
10286
10287 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
10288 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
10289 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
10290 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
10291 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
10292 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
10293 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
10294 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
10295 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
10296 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
10297 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
10298 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
10299 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
10300 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
10301 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
10302 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
10303 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
10304 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
10305 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
10306 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
10307 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
10308 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
10309 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
10310 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
10311 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
10312 IPAddressDeny= see below.
10313
10314 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
10315 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
10316 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
10317 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
10318 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10319 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
10320 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
10321 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
10322
10323 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
10324 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
10325 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
10326 used to change those values.
10327
10328 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
10329 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
10330 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
10331 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
10332 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
10333 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
10334
10335 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
10336 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
10337 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
10338 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
10339
10340 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
10341 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
10342 one top-level directory.
10343
10344 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
10345 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
10346 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
10347 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
10348 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
10349 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
10350 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
10351 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
10352 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
10353 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
10354 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
10355 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
10356 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
10357 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
10358 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
10359
10360 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
10361 Meson-only.
10362
10363 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
10364 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
10365 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
10366 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
10367 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
10368 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
10369 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
10370 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
10371 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
10372 acceptable to us.
10373
10374 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
10375 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
10376 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
10377 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
10378 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
10379 requested at build time.
10380
10381 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
10382 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
10383 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
10384 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
10385 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
10386 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
10387 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
10388 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
10389 Type= setting which permits configuring
10390 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
10391
10392 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
10393 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
10394 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
10395 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
10396 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
10397 local frames between bridge ports.
10398
10399 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
10400 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
10401 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
10402
10403 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
10404 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
10405
10406 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
10407 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
10408 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
10409 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
10410
10411 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
10412 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
10413 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
10414 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
10415 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
10416 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
10417 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
10418 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
10419
10420 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
10421 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
10422 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
10423 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
10424 command.)
10425
10426 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
10427 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
10428 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
10429
10430 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
10431 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
10432 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
10433 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
10434
10435 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
10436 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
10437 configured, except for the credentials applied by
10438 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
10439 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
10440 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
10441 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
10442 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
10443 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
10444 on systems where this is not supported.
10445
10446 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
10447 sockets.
10448
10449 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
10450 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
10451 during runtime.
10452
10453 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
10454 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
10455 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
10456
10457 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
10458 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
10459 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
10460
10461 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
10462 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
10463 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
10464 Following this logic, two new special targets
10465 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
10466 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
10467 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
10468
10469 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
10470 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
10471 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
10472 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
10473
10474 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
10475 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
10476 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
10477 --wait".
10478
10479 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
10480 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
10481 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
10482 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
10483 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
10484 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
10485 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
10486 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
10487 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
10488
10489 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
10490 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
10491 containing information about the consumed resources of this
10492 invocation.
10493
10494 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
10495 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
10496 processes.
10497
10498 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
10499 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
10500 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
10501 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
10502 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
10503 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
10504 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
10505 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
10506 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
10507 systems for all five operations.
10508
10509 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
10510 the system.
10511
10512 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
10513 than UTC or the local timezone.
10514
10515 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
10516 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
10517 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
10518 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
10519 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
10520 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
10521 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
10522 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
10523
10524 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
10525 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
10526 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
10527 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
10528 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
10529 again.
10530
10531 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
10532 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
10533 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
10534
10535 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
10536 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
10537 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
10538 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
10539 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
10540 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
10541 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
10542 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
10543 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
10544 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
10545 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
10546 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
10547 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
10548 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
10549 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
10550 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
10551 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
10552 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
10553 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
10554 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10555
10556 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
10557
10558 CHANGES WITH 234:
10559
10560 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
10561 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
10562 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
10563 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
10564 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
10565 summary:
10566
10567 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
10568
10569 becomes:
10570
10571 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
10572
10573 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
10574 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
10575 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
10576 .device units.
10577
10578 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
10579 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
10580 running a systemd user instance.
10581
10582 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
10583 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
10584 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
10585 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
10586 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
10587 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
10588
10589 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
10590
10591 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
10592 (domain search list).
10593
10594 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
10595 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
10596 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
10597 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
10598 implementation of RA.
10599
10600 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
10601 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
10602 ISO date values.
10603
10604 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
10605 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
10606 devices.
10607
10608 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
10609 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
10610 option.
10611
10612 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
10613 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
10614 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
10615 default yet.
10616
10617 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
10618 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
10619 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
10620 SHA256SUMS files.
10621
10622 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
10623 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
10624
10625 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
10626
10627 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
10628
10629 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
10630 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
10631
10632 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
10633 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
10634 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
10635 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
10636
10637 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
10638 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
10639 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
10640 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
10641 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
10642 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
10643 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
10644 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
10645 systemd-logind to be safe. See
10646 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
10647
10648 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
10649 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
10650 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
10651 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
10652 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
10653 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
10654 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
10655 after all the plugins exit.
10656
10657 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
10658 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
10659 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
10660 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
10661 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
10662 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
10663 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
10664 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
10665
10666 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
10667 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
10668 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
10669 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
10670 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
10671 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
10672 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
10673 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
10674 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
10675 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
10676 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
10677 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
10678 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
10679 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
10680 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
10681 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10682 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
10683 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
10684 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
10685 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
10686 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
10687 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
10688 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
10689 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
10690 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
10691 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
10692 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
10693 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
10694 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
10695 Георгиевски
10696
10697 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
10698
10699 CHANGES WITH 233:
10700
10701 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
10702 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
10703 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
10704 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
10705 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
10706 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
10707 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
10708 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
10709 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
10710
10711 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
10712 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
10713 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
10714 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
10715 default selected on the configure command line
10716 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
10717 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
10718 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
10719 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
10720 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
10721 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
10722 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
10723 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
10724 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
10725 greatest stability and compatibility only.
10726
10727 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
10728 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
10729 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
10730 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
10731 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
10732 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
10733 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
10734 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
10735 further details about this.)
10736
10737 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
10738 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
10739 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
10740
10741 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
10742 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
10743
10744 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
10745 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
10746 with 'make install-tests'.
10747
10748 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
10749 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
10750 kernel.
10751
10752 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
10753 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
10754 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
10755 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
10756 by the Slice= option.
10757
10758 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
10759 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
10760 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
10761 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
10762
10763 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
10764 following choices:
10765
10766 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
10767 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
10768 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
10769 (h)elp
10770 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
10771 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
10772 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
10773 (y)es, execute the command
10774
10775 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
10776 because its meaning was confusing.
10777
10778 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
10779 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
10780
10781 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
10782 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
10783 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
10784
10785 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
10786 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
10787 state directly, without executing these commands.
10788
10789 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
10790 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
10791 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
10792
10793 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
10794 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
10795 combination with After=) have been started.
10796
10797 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
10798 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
10799 setting, and which system calls they contain.
10800
10801 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
10802 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
10803 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
10804 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
10805 configuration related calls.
10806
10807 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
10808 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
10809 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
10810 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
10811 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
10812 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
10813 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
10814
10815 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
10816 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
10817
10818 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
10819 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
10820 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
10821
10822 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
10823 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
10824
10825 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
10826 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
10827 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
10828 for compatibility.
10829
10830 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
10831 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
10832
10833 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
10834 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
10835
10836 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
10837 support for negative matching.
10838
10839 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
10840
10841 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
10842 permitted runtime of the mount command.
10843
10844 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
10845 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
10846 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
10847 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
10848 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
10849 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
10850 removed from the drive.
10851
10852 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
10853 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
10854
10855 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
10856 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
10857
10858 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
10859 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
10860 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
10861
10862 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
10863 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
10864 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
10865 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
10866 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
10867 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
10868 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
10869
10870 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
10871 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
10872 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
10873 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
10874 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
10875 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
10876
10877 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
10878 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
10879
10880 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
10881 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
10882 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
10883 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
10884 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
10885 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
10886 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
10887 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
10888
10889 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
10890 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
10891 including all control processes.
10892
10893 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
10894 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
10895 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
10896
10897 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10898 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
10899 prefixing the source path with "+".
10900
10901 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
10902 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
10903 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
10904 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
10905 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
10906 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
10907 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
10908 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
10909
10910 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
10911 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
10912 before).
10913
10914 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
10915 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
10916 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
10917 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
10918 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
10919 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
10920 the new --root-hash= command line option).
10921
10922 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
10923 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
10924 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
10925 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
10926 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
10927 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
10928 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
10929 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
10930 versions.
10931
10932 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
10933 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
10934 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
10935 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
10936 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
10937 partition should be identical to the upper 128-bit of the Verity root
10938 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
10939 should be the lower 128-bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
10940 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
10941 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
10942 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
10943 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
10944 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
10945 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
10946 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
10947 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
10948 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
10949 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
10950 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
10951 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
10952 a Verity-enabled root partition.
10953
10954 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
10955 accelerometer quirks.
10956
10957 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
10958 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
10959 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
10960 ID of each service.
10961
10962 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
10963 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
10964 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
10965 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
10966 view.
10967
10968 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
10969 environment variables:
10970
10971 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
10972
10973 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
10974 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
10975 address.
10976
10977 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
10978 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
10979 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
10980
10981 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
10982 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
10983 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
10984 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
10985 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
10986 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
10987 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
10988 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
10989 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
10990 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
10991 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
10992 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
10993 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
10994
10995 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
10996 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
10997 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
10998
10999 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
11000 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
11001
11002 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
11003 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
11004 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
11005 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
11006 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
11007
11008 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
11009 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
11010 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
11011
11012 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
11013 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
11014
11015 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
11016 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
11017 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
11018 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
11019
11020 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
11021 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
11022 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
11023 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
11024 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
11025 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
11026 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
11027 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
11028 possibly even including full integrity data.
11029
11030 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
11031 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
11032 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
11033 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
11034 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
11035
11036 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
11037 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
11038 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
11039 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
11040 directly with systemd-nspawn.
11041
11042 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
11043 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
11044 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
11045 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
11046
11047 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
11048 of coredumps in reverse order.
11049
11050 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
11051 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
11052 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
11053 additional informational message in its output.
11054
11055 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
11056 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
11057 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
11058
11059 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
11060 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
11061 scripting languages such as Python.
11062
11063 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
11064 namespacing is enabled for them.
11065
11066 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
11067 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
11068 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
11069 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
11070 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
11071 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
11072
11073 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
11074 root key (KSK).
11075
11076 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
11077 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
11078 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
11079
11080 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
11081 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
11082 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
11083 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
11084 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
11085 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
11086 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
11087 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
11088 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
11089 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
11090 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
11091 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
11092 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
11093 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
11094 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
11095 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
11096 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
11097 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
11098 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
11099 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
11100 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
11101 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
11102 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
11103 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
11104 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
11105 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
11106 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
11107 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
11108 Тихонов
11109
11110 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
11111
11112 CHANGES WITH 232:
11113
11114 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
11115 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
11116 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
11117 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
11118 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
11119 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
11120
11121 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
11122 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
11123
11124 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
11125 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
11126 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
11127
11128 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
11129 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
11130 to be remounted read-only for a service.
11131
11132 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
11133 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
11134 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
11135 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
11136
11137 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
11138 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
11139
11140 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
11141 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
11142 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
11143
11144 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
11145 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
11146 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
11147 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
11148 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
11149 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
11150 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
11151 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
11152 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
11153 permanent modifications to the system.
11154
11155 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
11156 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
11157 container or chroot environments.
11158
11159 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
11160 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
11161 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
11162 mapped to nobody.
11163
11164 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
11165 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
11166 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
11167 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
11168
11169 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
11170 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
11171
11172 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
11173 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
11174 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
11175 and the support is provisional.
11176
11177 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
11178 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
11179 unit files in the file system).
11180
11181 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
11182 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
11183 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
11184 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
11185 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
11186 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
11187 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
11188 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
11189 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
11190 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
11191 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
11192 state is fixed automatically.
11193
11194 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
11195 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
11196 option.
11197
11198 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
11199 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
11200 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
11201 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
11202 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
11203 else.
11204
11205 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
11206 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
11207 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
11208 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
11209 bootable on physical systems.
11210
11211 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
11212
11213 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
11214 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
11215 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
11216 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
11217 used.
11218
11219 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
11220 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
11221 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
11222 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
11223
11224 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
11225
11226 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
11227 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
11228 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
11229 of the container).
11230
11231 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
11232 files from the specified location.
11233
11234 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
11235 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
11236 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
11237 be active.
11238
11239 * The hardware database has been extended to support
11240 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
11241 trackball devices.
11242
11243 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
11244 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
11245 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
11246
11247 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
11248 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
11249 specified service binary exited.)
11250
11251 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
11252 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
11253
11254 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
11255 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
11256 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
11257 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
11258 --since= and --until= options.
11259
11260 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
11261 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
11262 are automatically propagated to the container.
11263
11264 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
11265 from a single IP address can be limited with
11266 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
11267 MaxConnections=.
11268
11269 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
11270 configuration.
11271
11272 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
11273 drop-ins.
11274
11275 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
11276 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
11277 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
11278 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
11279 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
11280 [Link] section of .link files.
11281
11282 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
11283 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
11284 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
11285 section of .netdev files.
11286
11287 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
11288 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
11289 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
11290
11291 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
11292 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
11293 .network files.
11294
11295 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
11296 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
11297 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
11298 service runtime cycle.
11299
11300 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
11301 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
11302 has been traditionally doing.
11303
11304 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
11305 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
11306 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
11307 prevent any later plugins from running.
11308
11309 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
11310 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
11311 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
11312 default of SplitMode=uid.
11313
11314 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
11315 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
11316 useful.
11317
11318 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
11319 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
11320 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
11321 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
11322 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
11323 individual namespaces.
11324
11325 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
11326 the output, as well as OS release information.
11327
11328 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
11329
11330 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
11331 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
11332 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
11333 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
11334 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
11335
11336 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
11337 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
11338 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
11339 severed.
11340
11341 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
11342 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
11343 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
11344 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
11345 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
11346 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
11347 information about exit statuses and results.
11348
11349 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
11350 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
11351 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
11352 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
11353 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
11354 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
11355
11356 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
11357
11358 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
11359 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
11360 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
11361 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
11362 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
11363 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
11364 entirely.
11365
11366 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
11367 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
11368 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
11369
11370 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
11371 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
11372 ID (a 128-bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
11373 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
11374 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
11375 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
11376 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
11377 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
11378 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
11379 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
11380 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
11381 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
11382 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
11383 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
11384 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
11385 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
11386 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
11387
11388 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
11389 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
11390 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
11391 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
11392
11393 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
11394 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
11395 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
11396 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
11397
11398 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
11399 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
11400 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
11401 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
11402 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
11403 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
11404 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
11405 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
11406 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
11407 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
11408 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
11409 fragment entirely.)
11410
11411 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
11412 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
11413 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
11414
11415 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
11416 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
11417 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
11418 FileDescriptorName= setting.
11419
11420 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
11421 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
11422 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
11423 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
11424 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
11425 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
11426
11427 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
11428 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
11429
11430 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
11431 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
11432
11433 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
11434 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
11435 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
11436 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
11437 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
11438
11439 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
11440 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
11441 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
11442 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
11443 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
11444 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
11445 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
11446 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
11447 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
11448 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
11449 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
11450 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
11451 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
11452 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
11453 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
11454 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
11455 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
11456 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
11457 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
11458 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
11459 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
11460 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
11461 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
11462 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
11463 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11464 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
11465
11466 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
11467
11468 CHANGES WITH 231:
11469
11470 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
11471 with an additional special character as first argument of the
11472 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
11473 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
11474 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
11475 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
11476 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
11477 independently.
11478
11479 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
11480 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
11481
11482 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
11483 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
11484 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
11485 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
11486 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
11487 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
11488 values.
11489
11490 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
11491 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
11492 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
11493 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
11494 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
11495
11496 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
11497 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
11498 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
11499 7:10am every day.
11500
11501 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
11502 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
11503 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
11504 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
11505 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
11506 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
11507 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
11508 available for compatibility.
11509
11510 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
11511 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
11512 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
11513 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
11514 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
11515 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
11516
11517 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
11518 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
11519 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
11520 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
11521 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
11522 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
11523 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
11524 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
11525 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
11526
11527 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
11528 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
11529 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
11530 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e.g. put container
11531 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
11532 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
11533 desired options.
11534
11535 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
11536 cgroup v2.
11537
11538 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
11539 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
11540 limited to subgroups of that group.
11541
11542 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
11543 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
11544 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
11545 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
11546 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
11547 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
11548 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
11549 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
11550
11551 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
11552 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
11553 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
11554 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
11555 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
11556 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
11557 own long-running services.
11558
11559 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
11560 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
11561 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
11562 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
11563
11564 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
11565 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
11566 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
11567 propagates this notification further to the service manager
11568 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
11569 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
11570 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
11571 primitives.
11572
11573 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
11574 "terminate".
11575
11576 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
11577 link-local IPv6 addresses.
11578
11579 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
11580 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
11581 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
11582 --flush-caches".
11583
11584 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
11585 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
11586 is shown.
11587
11588 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
11589 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
11590 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
11591 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
11592 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
11593 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
11594
11595 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
11596 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
11597 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
11598 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
11599 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
11600 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
11601 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
11602 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
11603 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
11604 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
11605 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
11606 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
11607 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
11608 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
11609 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
11610 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
11611 bus API instead.
11612
11613 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
11614 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
11615 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
11616 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
11617
11618 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
11619 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
11620 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
11621 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
11622
11623 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
11624 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
11625 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
11626
11627 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
11628 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
11629
11630 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
11631 interface configuration.
11632
11633 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
11634 specifying the --force switch.
11635
11636 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
11637 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
11638 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
11639
11640 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
11641 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
11642 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
11643 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
11644 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
11645 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
11646 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
11647 to be handled.
11648
11649 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
11650 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
11651
11652 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
11653 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
11654
11655 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
11656 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
11657 of persistent symlinks for that device.
11658
11659 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
11660 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
11661
11662 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
11663 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
11664 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
11665 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
11666 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
11667 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
11668 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
11669 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
11670 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
11671 library.
11672
11673 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
11674 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
11675 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
11676 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
11677 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
11678 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
11679 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
11680 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
11681 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
11682 doc/HACKING for details.
11683
11684 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
11685 distribution's bugtracker.
11686
11687 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
11688 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
11689 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
11690 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
11691 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
11692 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
11693 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
11694 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
11695 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
11696 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
11697 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
11698 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
11699 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
11700 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
11701 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
11702 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
11703 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
11704 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
11705 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11706
11707 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
11708
11709 CHANGES WITH 230:
11710
11711 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
11712 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
11713 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
11714 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
11715 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
11716 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
11717 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
11718 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
11719 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
11720 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
11721 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
11722 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
11723 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
11724 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
11725 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
11726 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
11727 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
11728 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
11729 applications.)
11730
11731 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
11732 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
11733 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
11734
11735 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
11736 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
11737 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
11738 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
11739 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
11740 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
11741 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
11742
11743 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
11744 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
11745 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
11746 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
11747 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
11748 command works for tmux.
11749
11750 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
11751 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
11752 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
11753 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
11754 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
11755 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
11756
11757 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
11758 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
11759
11760 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
11761 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
11762 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
11763
11764 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
11765
11766 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
11767 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
11768 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
11769 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
11770 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
11771
11772 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
11773 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
11774 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
11775 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
11776
11777 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
11778 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
11779 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
11780 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
11781 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
11782 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
11783
11784 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
11785 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
11786 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
11787
11788 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
11789 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
11790 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
11791 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
11792 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
11793 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
11794
11795 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
11796 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
11797 address.
11798
11799 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
11800 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
11801 should be emitted.
11802
11803 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
11804 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
11805 supported.
11806
11807 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
11808 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
11809 logging performance.
11810
11811 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
11812 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
11813 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
11814 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
11815 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
11816 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
11817
11818 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
11819 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
11820 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
11821 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
11822
11823 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
11824 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
11825
11826 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
11827 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
11828 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
11829
11830 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
11831
11832 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
11833 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
11834 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
11835 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
11836
11837 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
11838 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
11839 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
11840 refuse to operate on such files.
11841
11842 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
11843 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
11844 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
11845
11846 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
11847 just hidden container images.
11848
11849 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
11850 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
11851
11852 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
11853 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
11854 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
11855 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
11856 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
11857 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
11858 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
11859 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
11860 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
11861 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
11862 been changed to use this functionality by default.
11863
11864 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
11865 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
11866 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
11867 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
11868 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
11869 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
11870 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
11871 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
11872 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
11873 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
11874 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
11875 terminates.
11876
11877 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
11878 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
11879 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
11880 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
11881
11882 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
11883 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
11884 rate of the socket unit.
11885
11886 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
11887 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
11888 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
11889 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
11890 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
11891
11892 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
11893 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
11894 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
11895 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
11896 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
11897 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
11898 with this.
11899
11900 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
11901 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
11902
11903 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
11904 merged into the kernel in its current form.
11905
11906 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
11907 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
11908 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
11909 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
11910 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
11911
11912 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
11913 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
11914 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
11915
11916 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
11917 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
11918 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
11919 target is now included in early userspace.
11920
11921 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
11922 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
11923 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
11924 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
11925 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
11926 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
11927 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
11928 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
11929 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
11930 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
11931 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
11932 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
11933 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
11934 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
11935 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
11936 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
11937 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
11938 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
11939 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
11940 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
11941 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
11942 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
11943 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
11944 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
11945 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
11946 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11947
11948 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
11949
11950 CHANGES WITH 229:
11951
11952 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
11953 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
11954 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
11955 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
11956 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
11957 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
11958 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
11959 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
11960 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
11961 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
11962 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
11963 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
11964 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
11965
11966 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
11967 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
11968 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
11969 /usr/bin.
11970
11971 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
11972 devices.
11973
11974 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
11975 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
11976 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
11977 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
11978 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
11979 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
11980 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
11981 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
11982 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
11983 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
11984 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
11985 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
11986 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
11987 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
11988 this limit.
11989
11990 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
11991 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
11992 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
11993 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
11994 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
11995 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
11996 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
11997 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
11998
11999 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
12000 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
12001 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
12002 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
12003 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
12004 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
12005 and group at package installation time.
12006
12007 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
12008 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
12009 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
12010 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
12011 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
12012
12013 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
12014 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
12015 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
12016 supports it.
12017
12018 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
12019 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
12020
12021 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
12022 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
12023 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
12024 file is already initialized.
12025
12026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
12027 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
12028 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
12029 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
12030 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
12031 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
12032 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
12033 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
12034 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
12035
12036 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
12037 working directory for the process started in the container.
12038
12039 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
12040 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
12041 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
12042 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
12043 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
12044
12045 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
12046 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
12047 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
12048
12049 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
12050 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
12051 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
12052 sd_journal_restart_fields().
12053
12054 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
12055 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
12056 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
12057 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
12058 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
12059
12060 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
12061 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
12062 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
12063 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
12064
12065 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
12066 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
12067 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
12068 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
12069 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
12070 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
12071 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
12072 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
12073 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
12074 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
12075 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
12076 by PID 1.
12077
12078 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
12079 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
12080 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
12081 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
12082 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
12083 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
12084 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
12085 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
12086
12087 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
12088
12089 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
12090 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
12091 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
12092
12093 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
12094 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
12095 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
12096 recent kernels.
12097
12098 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
12099 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
12100
12101 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
12102 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
12103 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
12104 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
12105 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
12106 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
12107 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
12108 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
12109 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
12110 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
12111 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
12112 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
12113 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
12114
12115 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
12116 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
12117 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
12118 clusters or larger setups.
12119
12120 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
12121
12122 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
12123 sockets.
12124
12125 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
12126
12127 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
12128 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
12129 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
12130 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
12131 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
12132 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
12133
12134 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
12135 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
12136 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
12137
12138 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
12139 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
12140 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
12141 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
12142
12143 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
12144
12145 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
12146 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
12147 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
12148 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
12149 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
12150 maintain compatibility.
12151
12152 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
12153 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
12154 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
12155 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
12156 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
12157 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
12158 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
12159 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
12160 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
12161 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
12162 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
12163 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12164 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
12165 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
12166 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
12167 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
12168 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12169 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
12170 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12171
12172 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
12173
12174 CHANGES WITH 228:
12175
12176 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
12177 files are now also available as properties to set when
12178 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
12179 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
12180 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
12181 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
12182 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12183 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
12184 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
12185
12186 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
12187 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
12188 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
12189
12190 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
12191 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
12192 created transiently.
12193
12194 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
12195 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
12196 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
12197 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
12198 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
12199 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
12200 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
12201 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
12202
12203 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
12204 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
12205 disk and sync the files, before returning.
12206
12207 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
12208 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
12209 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
12210 enabled.
12211
12212 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
12213 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
12214 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
12215 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
12216 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
12217 subvolumes.
12218
12219 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
12220 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
12221
12222 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
12223 individual indexes.
12224
12225 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
12226 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
12227 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
12228 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
12229 now.
12230
12231 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
12232 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
12233 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
12234 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
12235 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
12236 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
12237 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
12238 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
12239 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
12240 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
12241 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
12242 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
12243 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
12244 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
12245 number of processes or tasks each user may own
12246 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
12247 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
12248 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
12249 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
12250 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
12251 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
12252
12253 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
12254 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
12255 links between the host and the container.
12256
12257 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
12258 added that allows importing select environment variables
12259 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
12260 the service.
12261
12262 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
12263 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
12264 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
12265 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
12266 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
12267 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
12268 than until they first elapse.
12269
12270 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
12271 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
12272 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
12273 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
12274 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
12275 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
12276 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
12277 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
12278
12279 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
12280 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
12281 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
12282 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
12283 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
12284 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
12285 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
12286 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
12287 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
12288 journal and in coredump handling.
12289
12290 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
12291 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
12292 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
12293 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
12294 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
12295 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
12296 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
12297 software you package still references it, as this is a
12298 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
12299 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
12300
12301 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
12302
12303 Note that only util-linux versions built with
12304 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
12305
12306 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
12307 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
12308 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
12309
12310 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
12311 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
12312 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
12313 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
12314 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
12315 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
12316 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
12317 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
12318 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
12319 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
12320 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
12321 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
12322 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
12323 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
12324 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
12325 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
12326
12327 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
12328 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
12329 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
12330 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
12331 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
12332 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
12333 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
12334 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
12335 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
12336 surprises.
12337
12338 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
12339 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
12340 to the various user database fields of the user that the
12341 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
12342 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
12343 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
12344 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
12345 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
12346 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
12347 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
12348 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
12349 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
12350 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
12351 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
12352 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
12353 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
12354 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
12355 of PID 1 is the root user).
12356
12357 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
12358 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
12359 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12360 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
12361 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
12362 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
12363 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12364 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
12365 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
12366 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
12367 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
12368 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
12369 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12370 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
12371 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12372
12373 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
12374
12375 CHANGES WITH 227:
12376
12377 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
12378 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
12379 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
12380
12381 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
12382 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
12383 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
12384 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
12385 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
12386 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
12387
12388 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
12389 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
12390 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
12391 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
12392 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
12393
12394 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
12395 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
12396 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
12397 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
12398 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
12399 packets on unestablished sockets.
12400
12401 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
12402 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
12403 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
12404 automatically.
12405
12406 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
12407 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
12408 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
12409
12410 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
12411 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
12412 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
12413 for disk IO.
12414
12415 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
12416 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
12417 removed.
12418
12419 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
12420 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
12421 directory is set to the home directory of the user
12422 configured in User=.
12423
12424 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
12425 directory of the selected user by default.
12426
12427 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
12428 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
12429 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
12430 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
12431 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
12432 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
12433 compat reasons.
12434
12435 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
12436 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
12437 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
12438 units.
12439
12440 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
12441 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
12442 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
12443 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
12444 level.
12445
12446 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
12447 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
12448 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
12449 namespaces work correctly.
12450
12451 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
12452 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
12453 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
12454 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
12455 activation.
12456
12457 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
12458 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
12459 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
12460 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
12461 system instance in a container.
12462
12463 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
12464 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
12465 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
12466 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
12467 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
12468 connections.
12469
12470 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
12471 show the control groups within a certain container only.
12472
12473 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
12474 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
12475 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
12476 processes attached, or similar.
12477
12478 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
12479 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
12480 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
12481
12482 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
12483 specifiers like %i or %f.
12484
12485 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
12486 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
12487 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
12488 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
12489
12490 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
12491 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
12492 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
12493 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
12494 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
12495 descriptors using sd_notify().
12496
12497 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
12498
12499 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
12500 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
12501
12502 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
12503 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
12504
12505 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
12506 .network files.
12507
12508 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
12509 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
12510 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
12511 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
12512 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
12513 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
12514 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
12515 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
12516 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
12517 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
12518 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
12519 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
12520 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
12521 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
12522 gdm-autologin is used.
12523
12524 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
12525 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
12526 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
12527 next to the image file.
12528
12529 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
12530 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
12531 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
12532 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
12533
12534 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
12535 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
12536 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
12537 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
12538 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
12539 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
12540
12541 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
12542 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
12543 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
12544 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
12545 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
12546 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
12547 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
12548 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
12549 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
12550 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
12551 number of files in place.
12552
12553 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
12554 on kernels where that is supported.
12555
12556 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
12557
12558 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
12559 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
12560 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
12561 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
12562 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
12563 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
12564 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
12565 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
12566 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
12567 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
12568 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
12569 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12570 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
12571 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
12572 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
12573 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12574 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
12575 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
12576
12577 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
12578
12579 CHANGES WITH 226:
12580
12581 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
12582 new features:
12583
12584 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
12585 information. It may be enabled and configured via
12586 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
12587 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
12588 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
12589 is any) is propagated.
12590
12591 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
12592 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
12593 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
12594 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
12595 information is enabled between host and containers by
12596 default now: the container will change its local timezone
12597 to what the host has set.
12598
12599 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
12600 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
12601
12602 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
12603 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
12604 information back, even if the server loses state.
12605
12606 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
12607 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
12608 PoolSize=.
12609
12610 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
12611 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
12612 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
12613 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
12614
12615 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
12616 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
12617 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
12618 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
12619 'dbus-daemon' systems.
12620
12621 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
12622 for virtio devices.
12623
12624 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
12625 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
12626 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
12627 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
12628 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
12629 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
12630 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
12631 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
12632 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
12633 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
12634 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
12635 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
12636 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
12637 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
12638 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
12639 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
12640 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
12641 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
12642 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
12643 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
12644 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
12645 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
12646 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
12647 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
12648 grants them.
12649
12650 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
12651 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
12652 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
12653 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
12654 group tree.
12655
12656 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
12657 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
12658 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
12659 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
12660 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
12661 work correctly in containers now.
12662
12663 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
12664 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
12665
12666 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
12667 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
12668 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
12669 function call is particularly useful when implementing
12670 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
12671
12672 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
12673 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
12674 signal events.
12675
12676 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
12677 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
12678 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
12679 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
12680
12681 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
12682 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
12683 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
12684 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
12685 nspawn command line.
12686
12687 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
12688 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
12689 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12690 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
12691 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
12692 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
12693 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12694 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
12695
12696 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
12697
12698 CHANGES WITH 225:
12699
12700 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
12701 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
12702 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
12703 shell directly without prompting for username or
12704 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
12705 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
12706 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
12707 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
12708 the originating session.
12709
12710 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
12711 options and allows other programs to query the values.
12712
12713 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
12714 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
12715 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
12716 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
12717 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
12718 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
12719 probably not stabilize on this release.
12720
12721 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
12722 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
12723 messages.
12724
12725 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
12726 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
12727 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
12728
12729 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
12730 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
12731
12732 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
12733 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
12734 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
12735 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
12736 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
12737 posteriori.
12738
12739 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
12740 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
12741
12742 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
12743 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
12744 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
12745 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
12746 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
12747 "lastlog" tools.
12748
12749 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
12750 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
12751 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
12752 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
12753 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
12754
12755 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
12756 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
12757 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
12758 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12759 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
12760 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
12761 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
12762 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
12763 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
12764 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
12765 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
12766 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12767
12768 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
12769
12770 CHANGES WITH 224:
12771
12772 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
12773 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
12774
12775 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
12776 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
12777 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
12778
12779 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
12780 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12781 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
12782
12783 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
12784
12785 CHANGES WITH 223:
12786
12787 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
12788 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
12789 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
12790 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12791
12792 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
12793 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
12794
12795 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
12796 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
12797
12798 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
12799
12800 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
12801 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
12802 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
12803
12804 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
12805 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
12806 decapsulated packet.
12807
12808 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
12809 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
12810 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
12811 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
12812 netlink attribute.
12813
12814 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
12815 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
12816 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
12817 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
12818
12819 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
12820 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
12821 according to RFC2460.
12822
12823 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
12824 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
12825
12826 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
12827 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
12828 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
12829
12830 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
12831 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
12832 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
12833 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
12834 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
12835 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
12836
12837 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
12838 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
12839 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
12840 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
12841 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
12842 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
12843 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
12844 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
12845 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
12846 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12847
12848 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
12849
12850 CHANGES WITH 222:
12851
12852 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
12853 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
12854 or should be used to work around such bugs.
12855
12856 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
12857 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
12858
12859 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
12860 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
12861 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
12862 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
12863 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
12864
12865 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
12866 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
12867 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
12868
12869 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
12870 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
12871 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
12872 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
12873 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
12874
12875 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
12876
12877 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
12878 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
12879 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
12880 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
12881 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
12882 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12883 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
12884 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
12885 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12886 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12887
12888 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
12889
12890 CHANGES WITH 221:
12891
12892 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
12893 stable and have been added to the official interface of
12894 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
12895 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
12896 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
12897 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
12898 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
12899 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
12900 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
12901 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
12902 portable to other kernels.
12903
12904 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
12905 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
12906 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
12907 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
12908 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
12909 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
12910 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
12911 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
12912 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
12913 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
12914 systemd enabled.
12915
12916 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
12917 2.26.
12918
12919 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
12920 favor of calling an abstraction tool
12921 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
12922 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
12923 in README for details.
12924
12925 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
12926 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
12927 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
12928 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
12929 unit.
12930
12931 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
12932 into man pages.
12933
12934 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
12935 external project.
12936
12937 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
12938 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
12939
12940 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
12941 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
12942 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
12943 state.
12944
12945 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
12946 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
12947 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
12948
12949 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
12950 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
12951 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
12952 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
12953 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
12954 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
12955 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
12956 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
12957 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
12958 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
12959 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
12960 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
12961 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
12962 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
12963 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
12964 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12965
12966 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
12967
12968 CHANGES WITH 220:
12969
12970 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
12971 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
12972 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
12973 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
12974 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
12975 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
12976 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
12977 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
12978
12979 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
12980 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
12981 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
12982 service consumed). This value is only available if
12983 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
12984 in the "systemctl status" output.
12985
12986 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
12987 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
12988 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
12989 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
12990 previously was already the default behaviour).
12991
12992 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
12993 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
12994 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
12995
12996 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
12997 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
12998 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
12999 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
13000
13001 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
13002 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
13003 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
13004 journaling file systems that support external journal
13005 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
13006 systems to be mounted.
13007
13008 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
13009 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
13010 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
13011 stable release this should not be problematic.
13012
13013 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
13014 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
13015 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
13016 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
13017 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
13018
13019 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
13020 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
13021 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
13022 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
13023 network switches.
13024
13025 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
13026 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
13027
13028 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
13029 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
13030 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
13031
13032 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
13033
13034 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
13035 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
13036 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
13037 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
13038 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
13039 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
13040 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
13041 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
13042 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
13043 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
13044 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
13045 been fixed in v220.
13046
13047 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
13048 systemd-networkd.
13049
13050 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
13051 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
13052 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
13053 containers started from the command line.
13054
13055 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
13056 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
13057
13058 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
13059 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
13060 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
13061 indirection via a pseudo tty.
13062
13063 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
13064 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
13065 when shutting down.
13066
13067 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
13068 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
13069 overlayfs support.
13070
13071 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
13072 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
13073 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
13074 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
13075 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
13076 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
13077 images are imported via systemd-importd.
13078
13079 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
13080 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
13081 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
13082
13083 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
13084 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
13085 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
13086 of v1 as before).
13087
13088 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
13089 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
13090
13091 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
13092 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
13093 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
13094 without further privileges or authorization.
13095
13096 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
13097 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
13098 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
13099 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
13100 accessible via a bus interface.
13101
13102 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
13103 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
13104 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
13105 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
13106 to cover this functionality.
13107
13108 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
13109 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
13110 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
13111 disabled/masked also stopped.
13112
13113 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
13114 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
13115 updated to support systemd-boot.
13116
13117 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
13118 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
13119 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
13120 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
13121 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
13122 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
13123 like this and can extract OS release information from them
13124 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
13125 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
13126
13127 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
13128 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
13129 system.
13130
13131 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
13132 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
13133 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
13134 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
13135
13136 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
13137 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
13138 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
13139 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
13140
13141 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
13142 stick devices has been added.
13143
13144 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
13145 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
13146
13147 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
13148 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
13149 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
13150 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
13151 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
13152
13153 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
13154 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
13155 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
13156
13157 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
13158 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
13159 Debian.
13160
13161 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
13162 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
13163 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
13164
13165 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
13166 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
13167 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
13168 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
13169 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
13170 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
13171 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
13172 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
13173 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
13174 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
13175 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
13176 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
13177 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
13178 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
13179 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
13180 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
13181 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
13182 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
13183 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
13184 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
13185 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
13186 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
13187 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
13188 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
13189 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
13190 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
13191 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13192
13193 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
13194
13195 CHANGES WITH 219:
13196
13197 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
13198 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
13199 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
13200 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
13201 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
13202 interface with and update the database.
13203
13204 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
13205 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
13206 before bytewise copying is done.
13207
13208 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
13209 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
13210 directory, and immediately removed when the container
13211 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
13212 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
13213 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
13214 for starting a container off the root file system of the
13215 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
13216 available on btrfs file systems.
13217
13218 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
13219 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
13220 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
13221 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
13222 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
13223 systems.
13224
13225 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
13226 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
13227 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
13228 mount point remains.
13229
13230 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
13231 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
13232 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
13233 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
13234 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
13235 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
13236 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
13237 are disabled.
13238
13239 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
13240 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
13241 container to the host or vice versa.
13242
13243 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
13244 mount host directories into local containers. This is
13245 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
13246
13247 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
13248 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
13249
13250 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
13251 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
13252 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
13253 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
13254 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
13255 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
13256 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
13257 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
13258 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
13259 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
13260 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
13261 make the functionality of importd available to the
13262 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
13263 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
13264 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
13265 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
13266 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
13267 only fully supported on btrfs.
13268
13269 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
13270 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
13271 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
13272 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
13273 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
13274 information about images.
13275
13276 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
13277 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
13278 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
13279 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
13280 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
13281 legacy file systems).
13282
13283 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
13284 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
13285 shown in networkctl output.
13286
13287 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
13288 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
13289 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
13290 processes as system services while interactively
13291 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
13292 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
13293 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
13294 full login session, the difference being that the former
13295 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
13296 setup.
13297
13298 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
13299 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
13300 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
13301 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
13302 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
13303
13304 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
13305 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
13306 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
13307 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
13308 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
13309 via qemu/kvm.
13310
13311 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
13312 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
13313 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
13314 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
13315 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
13316 disk images, too.
13317
13318 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
13319 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
13320 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
13321 integrate with that.
13322
13323 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
13324 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
13325 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
13326 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
13327
13328 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
13329 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
13330 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
13331
13332 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
13333 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
13334 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
13335 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
13336 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
13337 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
13338 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
13339 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
13340 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
13341 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
13342
13343 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
13344 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
13345 files.
13346
13347 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
13348 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
13349 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
13350 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
13351 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
13352 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
13353 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
13354 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
13355 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
13356 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
13357 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
13358 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
13359 explicitly turned on.
13360
13361 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
13362 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
13363 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
13364 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
13365
13366 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
13367 supported.
13368
13369 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
13370 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
13371 user/session following the status output. Similar,
13372 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
13373 associated with a virtual machine or container
13374 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
13375 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
13376 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
13377 output however.)
13378
13379 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
13380 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
13381 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
13382 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
13383 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
13384 caller's session/user.
13385
13386 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
13387 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
13388 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
13389 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
13390 user services.
13391
13392 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
13393 same way as unit files.
13394
13395 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
13396 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
13397 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
13398 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
13399 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
13400 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
13401 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
13402 the host.
13403
13404 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
13405 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
13406 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
13407 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
13408 the host as if their services were running directly on the
13409 host.
13410
13411 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
13412 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
13413 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
13414 updated to make use of it too by default.
13415
13416 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
13417 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
13418 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
13419 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
13420
13421 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
13422 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
13423 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
13424 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
13425 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
13426 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
13427 modification.
13428
13429 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
13430 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
13431 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
13432 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
13433 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
13434 information about Touchpad types.
13435
13436 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
13437 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
13438
13439 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
13440 Policy link field.
13441
13442 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
13443 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
13444
13445 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
13446 ACLs on files.
13447
13448 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
13449 tmpfs, automatically.
13450
13451 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
13452 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
13453 status" output, if available.
13454
13455 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
13456 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
13457 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
13458 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
13459 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
13460 run on next reboot.
13461
13462 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
13463 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
13464 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
13465 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
13466 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
13467 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
13468 ejected or a USB stick is yanked from the system.
13469
13470 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
13471 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
13472 after a configurable timeout.
13473
13474 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
13475 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
13476 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
13477 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
13478 it non-idle.
13479
13480 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
13481 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
13482
13483 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
13484 each .network interface in networkd.
13485
13486 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
13487 in .network files.
13488
13489 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
13490 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
13491
13492 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
13493 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
13494 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
13495 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
13496 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
13497 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
13498 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
13499 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
13500 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
13501 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
13502 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
13503 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13504 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
13505 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
13506 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
13507 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
13508 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
13509 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
13510 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
13511 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
13512 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
13513 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
13514 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
13515 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13516
13517 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
13518
13519 CHANGES WITH 218:
13520
13521 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
13522 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
13523 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
13524 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
13525
13526 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
13527 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
13528 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
13529 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
13530 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
13531
13532 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
13533
13534 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
13535 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
13536 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
13537 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
13538 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
13539 modified configuration after editing.
13540
13541 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
13542 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
13543 system preset files.
13544
13545 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
13546 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
13547 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
13548 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
13549 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
13550 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
13551 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
13552 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
13553 other contexts.
13554
13555 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
13556 inhibitors.
13557
13558 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
13559 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
13560 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
13561 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
13562 managers.
13563
13564 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
13565 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
13566 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
13567 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
13568 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
13569 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
13570 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
13571 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
13572 parallel to journald.
13573
13574 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
13575 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
13576 available.
13577
13578 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
13579 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
13580 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
13581 or are not older than the specified time.
13582
13583 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
13584 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
13585 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
13586 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
13587
13588 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
13589 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
13590 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
13591 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
13592 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
13593 communication.
13594
13595 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
13596 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
13597 services.
13598
13599 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
13600 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
13601 including their signature and values. This is particularly
13602 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
13603 the new "busctl tree" command.
13604
13605 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
13606 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
13607 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
13608 friendly way.
13609
13610 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
13611 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
13612 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
13613 race-ful way.
13614
13615 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
13616 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
13617 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
13618 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
13619 --link-journal=try-guest.
13620
13621 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
13622 stable MAC addresses.
13623
13624 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
13625 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
13626 the respective unit shall use.
13627
13628 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
13629 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
13630 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
13631 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
13632
13633 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
13634 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
13635 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
13636 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
13637 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
13638 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
13639
13640 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
13641 details see:
13642
13643 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
13644
13645 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
13646 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
13647 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
13648 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
13649 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
13650 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
13651 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
13652 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
13653 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
13654 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
13655 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
13656 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
13657
13658 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
13659 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
13660 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
13661 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
13662 bluetooth, …) is used.
13663
13664 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
13665 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
13666 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
13667 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
13668 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
13669 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
13670 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
13671 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
13672
13673 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
13674 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
13675 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
13676 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
13677 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
13678 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
13679 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
13680 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
13681 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
13682 interface.
13683
13684 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
13685 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
13686 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
13687 luks.name= argument.
13688
13689 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
13690 (this was previously already available for scope and service
13691 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
13692 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
13693 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
13694 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
13695
13696 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
13697 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
13698 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
13699
13700 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
13701 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
13702 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
13703 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
13704 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
13705 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
13706 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
13707 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13708 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
13709 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
13710 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
13711 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
13712 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
13713 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
13714 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
13715 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13716 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
13717 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13718
13719 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
13720
13721 CHANGES WITH 217:
13722
13723 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
13724 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
13725 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
13726 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
13727
13728 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
13729 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
13730 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
13731 now waits until the operation is complete.
13732
13733 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
13734 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
13735 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
13736 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
13737 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
13738 connection.
13739
13740 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
13741 commands anymore.
13742
13743 * User units are now loaded also from
13744 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
13745 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
13746 supported, but is under the control of the user.
13747
13748 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
13749 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
13750 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
13751 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
13752 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
13753 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
13754 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
13755 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
13756 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
13757 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
13758 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
13759 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
13760 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
13761 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
13762 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
13763 question.
13764
13765 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
13766 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
13767 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
13768
13769 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
13770 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
13771 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
13772 command line to trigger resume.
13773
13774 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
13775 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
13776 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
13777 Desktop=systemd-console.
13778
13779 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
13780 systemd-networkd.
13781
13782 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
13783 from the information provided by the networking stack
13784 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
13785
13786 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
13787 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
13788
13789 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
13790 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
13791 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
13792
13793 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
13794
13795 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
13796 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
13797 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
13798 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
13799 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
13800 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
13801
13802 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
13803 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
13804 respected.
13805
13806 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
13807 virtualization.
13808
13809 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
13810 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
13811 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
13812 on.
13813
13814 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
13815
13816 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
13817
13818 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
13819 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
13820 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
13821 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
13822 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
13823 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
13824 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
13825
13826 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
13827 available for service units, that allows locking all service
13828 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
13829 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
13830 from the service's view entirely.
13831
13832 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
13833 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
13834
13835 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
13836 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
13837 session.
13838
13839 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
13840 legacy-free systems.
13841
13842 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
13843 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
13844 easily.
13845
13846 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
13847 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
13848 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
13849 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
13850 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
13851 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
13852 option.
13853
13854 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
13855 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
13856 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
13857 /usr.
13858
13859 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
13860 services, not only the main process.
13861
13862 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
13863 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
13864 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
13865 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
13866 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
13867
13868 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
13869 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
13870 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
13871 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
13872 directly from now on, again.
13873
13874 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
13875 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
13876 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
13877 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
13878 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
13879 enabling and disabling.
13880
13881 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
13882 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
13883 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
13884 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
13885 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
13886 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
13887 unnecessary or unlikely.
13888
13889 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
13890 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
13891 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
13892 "annually", "hourly", …).
13893
13894 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
13895 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
13896 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
13897 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
13898 overwritten at runtime.
13899
13900 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
13901 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
13902 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
13903 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
13904 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
13905 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
13906 segmentation fault.
13907
13908 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
13909 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
13910 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
13911 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
13912 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
13913 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
13914 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
13915 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
13916 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
13917 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
13918 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13919 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
13920 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
13921 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
13922 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
13923 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
13924 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
13925 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
13926 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
13927 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
13928 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13929 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13930
13931 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
13932
13933 CHANGES WITH 216:
13934
13935 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
13936 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
13937 implementations should add a
13938
13939 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
13940
13941 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
13942 default functionality.
13943
13944 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
13945 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
13946 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
13947 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
13948 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
13949 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
13950 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
13951 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
13952 files might need to be owned by them. A new
13953 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
13954 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
13955 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
13956 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
13957
13958 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
13959 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
13960 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
13961 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
13962 added eventually, too.
13963
13964 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
13965 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
13966 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
13967 new command to update these fields.
13968
13969 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
13970 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
13971 have been discovered via DHCP.
13972
13973 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
13974 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
13975 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
13976 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
13977 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
13978 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
13979 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
13980 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
13981 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
13982 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
13983 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
13984 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
13985 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
13986 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
13987 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
13988 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
13989 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
13990 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
13991 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
13992 implementation to systemd-resolved.
13993
13994 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
13995 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
13996 containers to their respective IP addresses.
13997
13998 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
13999 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
14000 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
14001 and present it to the user in a very friendly
14002 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
14003 control utility for networkd.
14004
14005 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
14006 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
14007 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
14008 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
14009 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
14010 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
14011 (NoDelay=).
14012
14013 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
14014 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
14015
14016 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
14017 be started only after time-sync.target has been
14018 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
14019 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
14020 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
14021 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
14022
14023 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
14024 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
14025 of the link.
14026
14027 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
14028 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
14029
14030 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
14031 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
14032
14033 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
14034 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
14035 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
14036 for DHCP.
14037
14038 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
14039 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
14040 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
14041 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
14042 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
14043 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
14044 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
14045 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
14046
14047 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
14048 validation of unit files.
14049
14050 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
14051 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
14052 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
14053 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
14054 address may now be configured.
14055
14056 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
14057 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
14058 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
14059 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
14060
14061 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
14062 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
14063
14064 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
14065 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
14066 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
14067 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
14068
14069 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
14070 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
14071 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
14072 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
14073 implementation.
14074
14075 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
14076 journal data to a remote system running
14077 systemd-journal-remote.
14078
14079 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
14080 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
14081 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
14082 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
14083 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
14084 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
14085 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
14086 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
14087 version, you have to turn this option on again
14088 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
14089
14090 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
14091 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
14092 better than XZ which was the previous default.
14093
14094 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
14095 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
14096
14097 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
14098 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
14099
14100 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
14101 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
14102 "systemctl status" output for a service.
14103
14104 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
14105 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
14106 hostname, root password) interactively on first
14107 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
14108 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
14109
14110 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
14111
14112 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
14113
14114 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
14115 when primary addresses are removed.
14116
14117 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
14118 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
14119 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
14120 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
14121 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
14122 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
14123 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14124 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
14125 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
14126 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
14127 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
14128 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
14129 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
14130 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
14131 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14132
14133 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
14134
14135 CHANGES WITH 215:
14136
14137 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
14138 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
14139 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
14140 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
14141 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
14142 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
14143 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
14144 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
14145 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
14146 require.
14147
14148 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
14149 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
14150
14151 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
14152 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
14153 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
14154 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
14155 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
14156 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
14157 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
14158
14159 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
14160 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
14161 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
14162 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
14163 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
14164 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
14165 update or reset should use this condition and order
14166 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
14167 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
14168 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
14169 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
14170 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
14171 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
14172 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
14173 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
14174 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
14175
14176 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
14177
14178 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
14179 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
14180 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
14181 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
14182
14183 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
14184 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
14185 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
14186 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
14187 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
14188 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
14189 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
14190 .network files using settings of this section should be
14191 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
14192 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
14193
14194 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
14195 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
14196
14197 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
14198 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
14199 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
14200 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
14201 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
14202 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
14203 of nspawn instances.
14204
14205 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
14206 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
14207 added.
14208
14209 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
14210 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
14211 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
14212 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
14213 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
14214 configuration stored in /etc.
14215
14216 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
14217 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
14218 parsing of unknown mount options.
14219
14220 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
14221 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
14222 it already exist and not already be the correct
14223 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
14224 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
14225 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
14226 pre-existing files of different types.
14227
14228 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
14229 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
14230 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
14231 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
14232 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
14233 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
14234 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
14235
14236 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
14237 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
14238 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
14239 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
14240 shall be executed.
14241
14242 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
14243 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
14244 example whether it is fully up and running.
14245
14246 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
14247 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
14248 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
14249 reset.
14250
14251 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
14252 most basic services systemd ships by default.
14253
14254 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
14255 field for defining the default instance to create if a
14256 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
14257
14258 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
14259 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
14260 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
14261
14262 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
14263 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
14264 access to this group.
14265
14266 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
14267 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
14268 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
14269 to the journal.
14270
14271 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
14272 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
14273 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
14274 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
14275 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
14276 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
14277
14278 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
14279 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
14280 that makes sure to only show information about the most
14281 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
14282 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
14283 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
14284 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
14285 the old name to the new name.
14286
14287 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
14288 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
14289 coredumpctl without restrictions.
14290
14291 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
14292 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
14293 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
14294 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
14295 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
14296 "systemd-debug-generator".
14297
14298 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
14299 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
14300 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
14301 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
14302 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
14303 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
14304 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
14305 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
14306 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
14307 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
14308 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
14309
14310 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
14311 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
14312 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
14313 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
14314 been added to query many of these paths for the local
14315 machine and user.
14316
14317 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
14318 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
14319 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
14320 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
14321 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
14322
14323 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
14324 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
14325 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
14326 couple of drop-in directories.
14327
14328 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
14329 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
14330 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
14331 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
14332 for dev_port.
14333
14334 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
14335 container (read from /etc/os-release and
14336 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
14337 "machinectl status" for a machine.
14338
14339 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
14340 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
14341 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
14342 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
14343 Restart= setting.
14344
14345 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
14346 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
14347 directly connect to a specific container on the
14348 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
14349 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
14350 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
14351 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
14352 containers is a privileged operation.
14353
14354 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
14355 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
14356 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
14357 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
14358 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14359 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
14360 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
14361 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
14362 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
14363 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
14364 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
14365 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14366
14367 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
14368
14369 CHANGES WITH 214:
14370
14371 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
14372 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
14373 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
14374 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
14375 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
14376 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
14377 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
14378 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
14379 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
14380 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
14381 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
14382 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
14383 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
14384 devices are excluded from this logic.
14385
14386 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
14387 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
14388 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
14389 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
14390 change has been released.
14391
14392 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
14393 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
14394 libattr is thus unnecessary.
14395
14396 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
14397 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
14398 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
14399 with fewer privileges.
14400
14401 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
14402 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
14403 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
14404 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
14405
14406 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
14407 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
14408
14409 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
14410 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
14411
14412 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
14413 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
14414 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
14415
14416 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
14417 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
14418 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
14419 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
14420 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
14421 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
14422
14423 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
14424 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
14425 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
14426
14427 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
14428 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
14429 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
14430 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
14431 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
14432 modifications of user data or system files from
14433 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
14434 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
14435
14436 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
14437 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
14438 and FIFOs in the file system.
14439
14440 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
14441 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
14442 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
14443
14444 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
14445 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
14446 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
14447 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
14448 the socket itself.
14449
14450 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
14451 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
14452 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
14453 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
14454 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
14455 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
14456 symlinks, and nothing else.
14457
14458 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
14459 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
14460 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
14461 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
14462 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
14463 process (for example, the parent process). The
14464 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
14465 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
14466 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
14467 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
14468 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
14469 messages to services when the originating process already
14470 vanished.
14471
14472 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
14473 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
14474 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
14475 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
14476 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
14477 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
14478 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
14479 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
14480 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
14481 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
14482 all long-running services.
14483
14484 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
14485 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
14486 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
14487 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
14488 service.
14489
14490 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
14491 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
14492 applied to all submounts, too.
14493
14494 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
14495
14496 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
14497 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
14498 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
14499 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
14500 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
14501 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
14502 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
14503
14504 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
14505 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
14506 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
14507 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
14508 (domU) domains.
14509
14510 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
14511 files or entire directories.
14512
14513 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
14514 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
14515 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
14516 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
14517 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
14518
14519 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
14520 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
14521 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
14522 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
14523 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
14524 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
14525 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
14526 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
14527 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
14528 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
14529 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
14530 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
14531
14532 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
14533 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
14534 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
14535 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
14536
14537 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
14538 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
14539 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
14540 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
14541 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
14542 non-directories.
14543
14544 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
14545 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
14546 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
14547
14548 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
14549 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
14550 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
14551 this group.
14552
14553 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
14554 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
14555 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
14556 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
14557 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
14558 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
14559 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14560
14561 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
14562
14563 CHANGES WITH 213:
14564
14565 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
14566 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
14567 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
14568 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
14569 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
14570 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
14571 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
14572 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
14573 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
14574 client should be more than appropriate for most
14575 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
14576 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
14577 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
14578 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
14579 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
14580 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
14581 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
14582 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
14583 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
14584 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
14585 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
14586
14587 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
14588 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
14589 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
14590 part of a different namespace.
14591
14592 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
14593 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
14594 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
14595 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
14596
14597 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
14598 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
14599 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
14600
14601 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
14602 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
14603 when a service fails. This works similarly to
14604 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
14605 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
14606 restart the service in question.
14607
14608 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
14609 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
14610 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
14611 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
14612 details when running non-locally.
14613
14614 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
14615 graphs it generates.
14616
14617 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
14618 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
14619 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
14620 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
14621 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
14622
14623 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
14624
14625 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
14626 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
14627 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
14628 what it was on SysV systems.
14629
14630 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
14631 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
14632
14633 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
14634 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
14635 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
14636
14637 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
14638 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
14639 to show these addresses in its output.
14640
14641 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
14642 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
14643 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
14644 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
14645 preferred over a text one.
14646
14647 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
14648 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
14649 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
14650 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
14651 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
14652 mDNS cache.
14653
14654 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
14655 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
14656 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
14657 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
14658 of network configuration performed in some other way.
14659
14660 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
14661 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
14662 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
14663 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
14664 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
14665
14666 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
14667 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
14668 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
14669 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
14670 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
14671 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
14672 overrides any other settings.
14673
14674 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
14675 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
14676 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
14677 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
14678 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
14679 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
14680 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
14681 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
14682 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14683 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
14684 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
14685 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
14686 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
14687 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
14688 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
14689 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
14690 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14691
14692 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
14693
14694 CHANGES WITH 212:
14695
14696 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
14697 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
14698 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
14699 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
14700 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
14701 by accident.
14702
14703 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
14704 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
14705 registered with machined.
14706
14707 * sd-login gained new calls
14708 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
14709 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
14710 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
14711 counterparts.
14712
14713 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
14714 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
14715 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
14716 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
14717 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
14718 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
14719 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
14720 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
14721 once.
14722
14723 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
14724 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
14725 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
14726
14727 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
14728 units on all local containers, when used with the
14729 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
14730 executed when no parameters are specified).
14731
14732 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
14733 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
14734 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
14735 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
14736
14737 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
14738 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
14739 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
14740 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
14741 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
14742 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
14743
14744 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
14745 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
14746 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
14747 of the container.
14748
14749 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
14750 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
14751 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
14752 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
14753 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
14754 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
14755 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
14756 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
14757
14758 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
14759 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
14760 instead of /.
14761
14762 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
14763 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
14764 emergency messages now.
14765
14766 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
14767 journal log messages across the network.
14768
14769 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
14770 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
14771 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
14772 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
14773 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
14774 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
14775 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
14776
14777 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
14778 down a local OS container.
14779
14780 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
14781 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
14782 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
14783
14784 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
14785 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
14786 this is appropriate.
14787
14788 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
14789 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
14790 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
14791
14792 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
14793 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
14794 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
14795 for debugging purposes.
14796
14797 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
14798 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
14799 in seconds.
14800
14801 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
14802 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
14803 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
14804 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
14805 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
14806 like on traditional inetd.
14807
14808 * A new system.conf configuration option
14809 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
14810 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
14811
14812 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
14813 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
14814 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
14815 do these days).
14816
14817 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
14818 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
14819 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
14820 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
14821 could not take place because the system was powered off.
14822 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
14823
14824 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
14825 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
14826 it will be triggered.
14827
14828 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
14829 addresses to its local interfaces.
14830
14831 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
14832 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
14833 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
14834 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
14835 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
14836 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
14837 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
14838 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
14839 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14840
14841 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
14842
14843 CHANGES WITH 211:
14844
14845 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
14846 added to restrict which socket address families unit
14847 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
14848 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
14849 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
14850 is built on seccomp system call filters.
14851
14852 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
14853 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
14854 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
14855 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
14856 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
14857 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
14858 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
14859 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
14860 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
14861
14862 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
14863 matching against device group names.
14864
14865 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
14866 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
14867 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
14868 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
14869 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
14870 though.
14871
14872 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
14873 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
14874 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
14875 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
14876 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14877 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
14878 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
14879 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
14880 systems prepared appropriately.
14881
14882 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
14883 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
14884 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
14885 (see above). This means that installations made with
14886 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
14887 deployed using container managers, completely
14888 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
14889 this feature soon, too.)
14890
14891 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
14892 set up a private macvlan interface for the
14893 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
14894 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
14895
14896 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
14897 using IPv4LL.
14898
14899 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
14900 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
14901 systemd-networkd.
14902
14903 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
14904 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
14905 still not a public API though (unless you specify
14906 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
14907 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
14908
14909 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
14910 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
14911 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
14912 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
14913 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
14914 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
14915 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
14916 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
14917 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
14918 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
14919 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
14920 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
14921 users.
14922
14923 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
14924 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
14925 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
14926 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
14927 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
14928 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
14929 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
14930 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
14931 due to a closed lid.
14932
14933 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
14934 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
14935 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
14936 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
14937 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
14938 order to then act as suspend blocker.
14939
14940 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
14941 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
14942 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
14943 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
14944 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
14945
14946 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
14947 now also work in --scope mode.
14948
14949 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
14950 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
14951 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
14952 promises are made.)
14953
14954 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
14955 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
14956 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
14957 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
14958 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
14959 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
14960 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
14961 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
14962 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
14963 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14964
14965 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
14966
14967 CHANGES WITH 210:
14968
14969 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
14970 according to SMACK rules.
14971
14972 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
14973 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
14974
14975 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
14976 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
14977 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
14978
14979 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
14980 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
14981 and machine ID.
14982
14983 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
14984 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
14985 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
14986 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
14987 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
14988 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
14989 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
14990 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
14991 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
14992 backpack or similar.
14993
14994 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
14995 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
14996 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
14997 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
14998 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
14999 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
15000 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
15001 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
15002 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
15003 this on its own.
15004
15005 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
15006 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
15007 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
15008 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
15009
15010 * We will now ship a default .network file for
15011 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
15012 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
15013 --network-bridge= switches.
15014
15015 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
15016 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
15017 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
15018 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
15019 metrics, according to what is customary according to
15020 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
15021 each configuration option.
15022
15023 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
15024 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
15025 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
15026 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
15027 at once.
15028
15029 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
15030 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
15031 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
15032 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
15033 triggered by other work being done in the program.
15034
15035 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
15036 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
15037 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
15038 default however.
15039
15040 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
15041 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
15042 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
15043 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
15044 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
15045 them with systemd-networkd.
15046
15047 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
15048 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
15049 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
15050 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
15051 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
15052 is drastically increased, but given that these are
15053 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
15054 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
15055 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
15056 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
15057 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
15058 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
15059 during a transitional period!
15060
15061 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
15062 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
15063
15064 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
15065 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
15066 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
15067 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
15068 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
15069 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15070 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
15071 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15072
15073 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
15074
15075 CHANGES WITH 209:
15076
15077 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
15078 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
15079 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
15080 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
15081 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
15082 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
15083 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
15084 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
15085 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
15086 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
15087 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
15088 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
15089
15090 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
15091 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
15092 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
15093 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
15094 machines and the like.
15095
15096 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
15097 shutdown/boot.
15098
15099 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
15100 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
15101
15102 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
15103 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
15104 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
15105 prepared for additional security frameworks.
15106
15107 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
15108 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
15109 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
15110 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
15111 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
15112 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
15113
15114 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
15115 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
15116 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
15117 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
15118 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
15119 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
15120 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
15121 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
15122 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
15123
15124 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
15125 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
15126
15127 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
15128 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
15129 implementation.
15130
15131 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
15132 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
15133 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
15134 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
15135 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
15136 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
15137 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
15138 and .service units.
15139
15140 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
15141 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
15142 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
15143
15144 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
15145 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
15146 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
15147 nothing makes use of it.
15148
15149 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
15150 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
15151 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
15152
15153 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
15154 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
15155 compatibility purposes.
15156
15157 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
15158 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
15159 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
15160 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
15161 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
15162 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
15163 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
15164 process handling.
15165
15166 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
15167 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
15168 style to "sd-bus.h".
15169
15170 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
15171 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
15172 "systemd-networkd".
15173
15174 * There is a new kernel command line option
15175 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
15176 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
15177 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
15178 are not restored.
15179
15180 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
15181 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
15182 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
15183 PID1's support for that anymore.
15184
15185 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
15186 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
15187
15188 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
15189 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
15190 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
15191 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
15192 container that is registered with machined, such as those
15193 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
15194
15195 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
15196 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
15197 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
15198 onto remote systems.
15199
15200 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
15201 login in any local container. This works with any container
15202 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
15203 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
15204
15205 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
15206 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
15207 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
15208 system of some kind.
15209
15210 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
15211 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
15212 next.
15213
15214 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
15215 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
15216 reboot() system call.
15217
15218 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
15219 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
15220 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
15221 still available but not advertised anymore.
15222
15223 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
15224 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
15225 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
15226 within each Unit.
15227
15228 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
15229 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
15230 the kernel).
15231
15232 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
15233 timestamps (following the setting in
15234 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
15235
15236 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
15237 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
15238
15239 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
15240 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
15241
15242 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
15243 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
15244 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
15245
15246 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
15247 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
15248 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
15249 the full configuration is shown.
15250
15251 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
15252 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
15253 those commands which take multiple unit names.
15254
15255 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
15256
15257 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
15258 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
15259
15260 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
15261 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
15262 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
15263 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
15264
15265 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
15266 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
15267 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
15268 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
15269
15270 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
15271 of the legend text.
15272
15273 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
15274 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
15275 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
15276 remote sessions.
15277
15278 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
15279 information of SDIO devices.
15280
15281 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
15282 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
15283 the system manager.
15284
15285 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
15286 short description of the connection parameters in the
15287 description.
15288
15289 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
15290 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
15291 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
15292 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
15293 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
15294 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
15295 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
15296
15297 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
15298 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
15299 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
15300 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
15301 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
15302 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
15303 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
15304 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
15305 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
15306
15307 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
15308 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
15309 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
15310 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
15311 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
15312 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
15313 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
15314 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
15315 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
15316 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
15317 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
15318 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
15319 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
15320 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
15321 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
15322 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
15323 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
15324 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
15325 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
15326 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
15327 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
15328 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
15329 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
15330
15331 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
15332 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
15333 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
15334 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
15335 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
15336 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
15337 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
15338 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
15339 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
15340 that you are aware of the instability of the current
15341 APIs.
15342
15343 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
15344 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
15345 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
15346 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
15347 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
15348 declare the APIs stable.
15349
15350 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
15351 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
15352 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
15353 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
15354 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
15355 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
15356 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
15357 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
15358 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
15359 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
15360 one of them is updated.
15361
15362 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
15363 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
15364 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
15365 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
15366 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
15367
15368 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
15369 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
15370 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
15371 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
15372 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
15373 entry points.
15374
15375 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
15376 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
15377 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
15378 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
15379 been disabled at compile-time.
15380
15381 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
15382 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
15383 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
15384 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
15385
15386 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
15387 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
15388 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
15389
15390 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
15391 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
15392 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
15393
15394 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
15395 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
15396 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
15397
15398 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
15399 remains until jobs expire.
15400
15401 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
15402 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
15403 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
15404 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
15405 all remaining processes of the service.
15406
15407 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
15408 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
15409 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
15410 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
15411 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
15412 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
15413 manager process which created them takes no further
15414 responsibilities for it.
15415
15416 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
15417 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
15418 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
15419 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
15420 marked executable or world-writable.
15421
15422 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
15423 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
15424 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
15425 "--setenv=" for consistency.
15426
15427 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
15428 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
15429 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
15430 independent of the host.
15431
15432 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
15433 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
15434 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
15435 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
15436
15437 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
15438 with specific SELinux labels set.
15439
15440 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
15441 any additional output but the container's own console
15442 output.
15443
15444 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
15445 container without PID namespacing enabled.
15446
15447 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
15448 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
15449 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
15450 OS images, but only specific apps.
15451
15452 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
15453 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
15454 results in registration of the unit service itself in
15455 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
15456
15457 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
15458 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
15459 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
15460 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
15461 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
15462 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
15463
15464 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
15465 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
15466 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
15467 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
15468 units to use.
15469
15470 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
15471 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
15472 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
15473 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
15474
15475 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
15476 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
15477 context for a service.
15478
15479 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
15480 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
15481 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
15482 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
15483 influence this logic.
15484
15485 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
15486 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
15487 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
15488 other things.
15489
15490 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
15491 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
15492 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
15493 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
15494 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
15495 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
15496 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
15497 architectures). There is also a global
15498 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
15499 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
15500
15501 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
15502 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
15503
15504 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
15505 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
15506 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
15507 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
15508 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
15509 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
15510 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
15511 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
15512 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
15513 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
15514 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
15515 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
15516 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
15517 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
15518 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
15519 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
15520 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
15521 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
15522 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
15523 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
15524 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
15525 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
15526 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
15527 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15528
15529 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
15530
15531 CHANGES WITH 208:
15532
15533 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
15534 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
15535 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
15536 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
15537 access input and drm devices which are normally
15538 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
15539 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
15540 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
15541 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
15542 session switching without allowing background sessions to
15543 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
15544 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
15545 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
15546
15547 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
15548 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
15549 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
15550
15551 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
15552 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
15553 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
15554 kernel version number.
15555
15556 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
15557 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
15558 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
15559
15560 * This release removes high-level support for the
15561 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
15562 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
15563 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
15564 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
15565
15566 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
15567 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
15568 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
15569 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
15570 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
15571 cgroup system.
15572
15573 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
15574 messages containing the slice a message was generated
15575 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
15576 logs among other things.
15577
15578 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
15579 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
15580 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
15581 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
15582 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
15583 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
15584 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
15585 journald which would be necessary to resolve
15586 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
15587 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
15588 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
15589 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
15590 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
15591 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
15592 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
15593 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
15594 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
15595 not delayed until next reboot.
15596
15597 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
15598 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
15599 systemd generated files in one directory.
15600
15601 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
15602 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
15603 performance information if that's available to determine how
15604 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
15605 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
15606 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
15607
15608 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
15609 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
15610 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
15611 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15612 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
15613 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
15614 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15615
15616 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
15617
15618 CHANGES WITH 207:
15619
15620 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
15621 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
15622 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
15623 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
15624
15625 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
15626 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
15627 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
15628 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
15629 specified on the kernel command line less important.
15630
15631 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
15632 retrieve the VT number of a session.
15633
15634 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
15635 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
15636 maximum number of tries.
15637
15638 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
15639 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
15640 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
15641
15642 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
15643 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
15644
15645 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
15646 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
15647 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
15648
15649 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
15650 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
15651 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
15652
15653 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
15654 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
15655 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
15656 and type).
15657
15658 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
15659 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
15660
15661 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
15662 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
15663 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
15664 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
15665
15666 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
15667 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
15668 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
15669 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
15670 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
15671 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
15672 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
15673 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
15674
15675 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
15676 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
15677 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
15678 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
15679
15680 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
15681 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
15682 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
15683 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
15684 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
15685 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
15686 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
15687
15688 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
15689 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
15690
15691 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
15692 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
15693 automatically after the process terminated.
15694
15695 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
15696 certain paths from operation.
15697
15698 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
15699 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
15700 is received.
15701
15702 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
15703 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
15704 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
15705 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
15706 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
15707 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
15708 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
15709 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
15710 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
15711 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
15712 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
15713 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
15714 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15715
15716 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
15717
15718 CHANGES WITH 206:
15719
15720 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
15721 concepts introduced with 205.
15722
15723 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
15724 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
15725 -r".
15726
15727 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
15728 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
15729 --state= parameter.
15730
15731 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
15732 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
15733 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
15734 the journal.
15735
15736 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
15737 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
15738 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
15739
15740 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
15741 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
15742 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
15743 browsing logs from that point on.
15744
15745 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
15746 of an FSS key.
15747
15748 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
15749 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
15750 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
15751 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
15752 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
15753 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
15754 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
15755 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
15756 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
15757 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
15758 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
15759 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
15760 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
15761 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
15762
15763 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
15764 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
15765 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
15766 backing module right-away.
15767
15768 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
15769 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
15770
15771 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
15772 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
15773
15774 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
15775 set of processes in the message metadata.
15776
15777 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
15778
15779 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
15780 support for passing performance data via environment
15781 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
15782 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
15783 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
15784 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
15785 deserialize it again.
15786
15787 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
15788 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
15789 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
15790 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
15791
15792 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
15793 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
15794 completely silent shutdown when used.
15795
15796 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
15797 option in .socket units.
15798
15799 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
15800 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
15801 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
15802 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
15803 system.slice as before.
15804
15805 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
15806
15807 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
15808 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
15809 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15810 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
15811 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
15812 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
15813 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15814
15815 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
15816
15817 CHANGES WITH 205:
15818
15819 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
15820
15821 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
15822 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
15823 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
15824 possible for system services and applications to group their
15825 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
15826 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
15827 together, or apply resource limits on them.
15828
15829 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
15830 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
15831 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
15832 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
15833 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
15834
15835 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
15836 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
15837 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
15838 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
15839
15840 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
15841 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
15842 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
15843 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
15844 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
15845 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
15846 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
15847 and useful as a general batch manager.
15848
15849 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
15850 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
15851 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
15852 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
15853 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
15854 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
15855 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
15856 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
15857 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
15858 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
15859
15860 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
15861 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
15862 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
15863 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
15864 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
15865 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
15866 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
15867 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
15868 is compile-time optional.
15869
15870 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
15871 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
15872 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
15873 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
15874 well as slice units.
15875
15876 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
15877 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
15878 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
15879 but will be extended later on to make more properties
15880 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
15881 command that wraps this call.
15882
15883 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
15884 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
15885 while configuring a number of settings via the command
15886 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
15887 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
15888 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
15889 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
15890
15891 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
15892 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
15893 off audit.
15894
15895 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
15896 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
15897
15898 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
15899 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
15900 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
15901 and system logs.
15902
15903 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
15904 snippets extending unit files.
15905
15906 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
15907 not available as public API.
15908
15909 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
15910 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
15911 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
15912
15913 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
15914 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
15915 controls what to boot into by default.
15916
15917 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
15918 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
15919
15920 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
15921 generators needed for execution, as well as information
15922 about the unit file loading.
15923
15924 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
15925 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
15926 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
15927 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
15928 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
15929 racy due to journal file rotation.
15930
15931 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
15932 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
15933 all services.
15934
15935 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
15936 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
15937 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
15938 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
15939 system services want to log events about specific client
15940 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
15941 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
15942 unit is requested.
15943
15944 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
15945 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
15946 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
15947 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
15948 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
15949 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
15950 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
15951 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
15952 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
15953 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
15954 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
15955 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
15956 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
15957
15958 CHANGES WITH 204:
15959
15960 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
15961 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
15962
15963 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
15964 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
15965 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
15966
15967 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
15968 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
15969
15970 CHANGES WITH 203:
15971
15972 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
15973 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
15974
15975 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
15976 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
15977 fields, including the root directory.
15978
15979 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
15980 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
15981 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
15982 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
15983 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
15984 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
15985 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
15986 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
15987 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
15988 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
15989 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
15990
15991 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
15992 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
15993
15994 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
15995 have taken an inhibitor lock.
15996
15997 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
15998 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
15999 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
16000 the local hostname.
16001
16002 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
16003 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
16004 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
16005 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
16006 VMs/containers coming and going.
16007
16008 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
16009 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
16010 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
16011
16012 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
16013 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
16014 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
16015 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
16016
16017 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
16018 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
16019 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
16020
16021 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
16022 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
16023 services. With the container's root directory in
16024 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
16025 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
16026
16027 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
16028 the processes within a certain container.
16029
16030 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
16031 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
16032 check though. Patches welcome!
16033
16034 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
16035 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
16036 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
16037 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
16038 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
16039
16040 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
16041 the passed argument if applicable.
16042
16043 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
16044 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16045 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
16046 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
16047 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
16048 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
16049 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
16050 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16051
16052 CHANGES WITH 202:
16053
16054 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
16055 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
16056 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
16057 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
16058 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
16059 units activate.
16060
16061 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
16062 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
16063 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
16064 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
16065 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
16066 for now, and not installable.
16067
16068 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
16069 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
16070 can run in conjunction with udev.
16071
16072 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
16073 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
16074 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
16075 session manager.
16076
16077 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
16078 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
16079 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
16080 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
16081 services, user processes and containers/virtual
16082 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
16083 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
16084 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
16085 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
16086 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
16087 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
16088
16089 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
16090
16091 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
16092 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
16093 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
16094 logical expressions.
16095
16096 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
16097 switches.
16098
16099 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
16100 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
16101 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
16102 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
16103 the user.
16104
16105 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
16106 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
16107 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
16108 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
16109 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
16110 an entry.
16111
16112 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
16113 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16114 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
16115 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
16116 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
16117 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16118
16119 CHANGES WITH 201:
16120
16121 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
16122 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
16123 directory.
16124
16125 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
16126 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
16127 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
16128 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
16129 problem.
16130
16131 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
16132 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
16133 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
16134 before the key file is attempted to be read.
16135
16136 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
16137 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
16138
16139 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
16140 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
16141 files in this context are files such as
16142 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
16143
16144 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
16145 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
16146 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
16147 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
16148 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
16149 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
16150
16151 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
16152 hostnames.
16153
16154 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
16155 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
16156 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
16157 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
16158 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
16159 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
16160 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
16161 all time-related output of systemd.
16162
16163 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
16164 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
16165 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
16166 loops.
16167
16168 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
16169 (models, layouts, variants, options).
16170
16171 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
16172 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
16173 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
16174 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
16175 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
16176
16177 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
16178 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
16179 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
16180 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
16181 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
16182 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
16183 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
16184
16185 CHANGES WITH 200:
16186
16187 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
16188 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
16189 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
16190 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
16191 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
16192 middle ground between physical and access time order.
16193
16194 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
16195 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
16196 images.
16197
16198 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
16199 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
16200 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16201
16202 CHANGES WITH 199:
16203
16204 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
16205
16206 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
16207 security policy.
16208
16209 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
16210 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
16211 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
16212 shared by all processes of a service (which means
16213 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
16214 the same service can still access). When a service is
16215 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
16216 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
16217 this though).
16218
16219 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
16220 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
16221 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
16222 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
16223 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
16224 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
16225
16226 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
16227 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
16228
16229 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
16230 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
16231
16232 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
16233
16234 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
16235 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
16236 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
16237 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
16238 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
16239
16240 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
16241 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
16242 system is to be mounted.
16243
16244 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
16245 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
16246 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
16247 purpose for socket units.
16248
16249 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
16250 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
16251
16252 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
16253 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
16254 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
16255 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
16256 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
16257
16258 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
16259 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
16260 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
16261 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16262 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
16263 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
16264 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
16265 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
16266 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16267
16268 CHANGES WITH 198:
16269
16270 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
16271 files without having to edit/override the unit files
16272 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
16273 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
16274 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
16275 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
16276 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
16277 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
16278 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
16279 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
16280 unit files locally: copying the files from
16281 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
16282 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
16283 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
16284 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
16285 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
16286 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
16287 for them too.
16288
16289 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
16290 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
16291 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
16292 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
16293 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
16294 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
16295 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
16296 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
16297 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
16298
16299 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
16300 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
16301
16302 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
16303 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
16304 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
16305 other users.
16306
16307 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
16308 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
16309 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
16310 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
16311 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
16312 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
16313 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
16314 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
16315 management logic is also available to other programs via the
16316 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
16317 supported.
16318
16319 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
16320 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
16321 the foreground VT.
16322
16323 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
16324 call.
16325
16326 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
16327 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
16328 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
16329 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
16330 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
16331 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
16332 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
16333 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
16334 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
16335 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
16336 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
16337 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
16338 also been removed.
16339
16340 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
16341 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
16342 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
16343 objects themselves.
16344
16345 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
16346
16347 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
16348 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
16349 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
16350 to how this is supported in shells.
16351
16352 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
16353 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
16354 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
16355 user systemd instance.
16356
16357 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
16358 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
16359 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
16360 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
16361 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
16362 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
16363 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
16364 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
16365 one day for good in the kernel.
16366
16367 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
16368 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
16369 container.
16370
16371 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
16372 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
16373 the host into the container.
16374
16375 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
16376 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
16377 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
16378 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
16379 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
16380 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
16381
16382 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
16383
16384 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
16385 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
16386 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
16387 configured to be mounted there.
16388
16389 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
16390 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
16391 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
16392 system resume events.
16393
16394 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
16395 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
16396 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
16397 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
16398
16399 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
16400 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
16401 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
16402 card).
16403
16404 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
16405 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
16406 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
16407
16408 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
16409 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
16410 later "change" event.
16411
16412 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
16413 now carry a message ID.
16414
16415 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
16416 continues to be work in progress.
16417
16418 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
16419 root directory to operate relative to.
16420
16421 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
16422 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
16423 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
16424 times a little.
16425
16426 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
16427 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
16428 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
16429 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
16430 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
16431 request boot into firmware operations.
16432
16433 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
16434 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
16435 correctly in initrds.
16436
16437 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
16438 compile time optional via a configure switch.
16439
16440 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
16441 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
16442
16443 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
16444 the status of all active or failed units.
16445
16446 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
16447 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
16448 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
16449 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
16450 requests more robust.
16451
16452 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
16453 reading journal files.
16454
16455 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
16456 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
16457
16458 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
16459
16460 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
16461 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
16462
16463 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
16464 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
16465 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
16466 socket activation in daemons.
16467
16468 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
16469 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
16470
16471 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
16472 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
16473 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
16474
16475 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
16476 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
16477 system units.
16478
16479 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
16480 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
16481 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
16482
16483 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
16484 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
16485 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
16486 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
16487 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
16488 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
16489 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
16490 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
16491 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
16492 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
16493 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
16494 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
16495 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
16496 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
16497 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
16498 package installation time.
16499
16500 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
16501 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
16502 scripts need to create these system user/group at
16503 installation time.
16504
16505 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
16506 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
16507
16508 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
16509
16510 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
16511 available.
16512
16513 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
16514 load SMACK policies at early boot.
16515
16516 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
16517 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
16518 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
16519 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
16520 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
16521 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
16522 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
16523 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
16524 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
16525 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
16526 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
16527 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
16528 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
16529 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
16530
16531 CHANGES WITH 197:
16532
16533 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
16534 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
16535 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
16536 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
16537 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
16538 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
16539 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
16540 the supported calendar time specification language see
16541 systemd.time(7).
16542
16543 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
16544 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
16545 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
16546 document for details:
16547
16548 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
16549
16550 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
16551 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
16552 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
16553 implementations around and minimal in its code and
16554 dependencies.
16555
16556 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
16557 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
16558 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
16559 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
16560 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
16561 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
16562 with a configure switch.
16563
16564 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
16565 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
16566 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
16567 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
16568 such as ext4.
16569
16570 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
16571 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
16572 identities are attached to the devices as well.
16573
16574 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
16575 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
16576
16577 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
16578 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
16579 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
16580 using only core OS tools.
16581
16582 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
16583 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
16584 implementation of socket activated nspawn
16585 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
16586 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
16587 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
16588 eventually.
16589
16590 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
16591 presenting log data.
16592
16593 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
16594 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
16595
16596 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
16597 system on idle.
16598
16599 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
16600 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
16601 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
16602 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
16603 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
16604 information if possible.
16605
16606 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
16607 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
16608 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
16609
16610 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
16611 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
16612 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
16613 is running on battery power.
16614
16615 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
16616 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
16617 is in the "failed" state.
16618
16619 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
16620 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
16621 environment files at once.
16622
16623 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
16624 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
16625 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
16626 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
16627 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
16628 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
16629 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
16630 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
16631 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
16632 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
16633 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
16634 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
16635 pieces of code locally from the git history.
16636
16637 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
16638 log the unit name in the message meta data.
16639
16640 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
16641 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
16642
16643 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
16644 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
16645 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
16646 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
16647 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
16648 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
16649 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
16650 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
16651 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
16652 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
16653 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
16654 shipped from us upstream.
16655
16656 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
16657 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
16658 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
16659 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
16660 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16661 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
16662 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
16663 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
16664 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
16665 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
16666 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
16667 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
16668 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16669
16670 CHANGES WITH 196:
16671
16672 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
16673 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
16674 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
16675 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
16676 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
16677 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
16678 becoming the one central database for non-essential
16679 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
16680 database was only attached to select devices, since the
16681 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
16682 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
16683 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
16684 data for all devices where this is available, by
16685 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
16686 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
16687 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
16688 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
16689 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
16690 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
16691
16692 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
16693 indexed database to link up additional information with
16694 journal entries. For further details please check:
16695
16696 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
16697
16698 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
16699 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
16700 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
16701 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
16702 macro for this purpose.
16703
16704 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
16705 Python logging framework.
16706
16707 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
16708 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
16709 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
16710 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
16711 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
16712 time intervals.
16713
16714 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
16715 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
16716 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
16717
16718 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
16719 right-away on the selected coredump.
16720
16721 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
16722 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
16723 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
16724
16725 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
16726 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
16727 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
16728 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
16729
16730 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
16731 default.
16732
16733 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
16734 SMACK security label.
16735
16736 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
16737 daylight saving change.
16738
16739 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
16740 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
16741 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
16742 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
16743 distributions who still need support this to either continue
16744 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
16745 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
16746
16747 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
16748 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
16749 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
16750 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
16751 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
16752 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
16753 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
16754
16755 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
16756 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
16757
16758 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
16759 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
16760 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
16761 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
16762 offline updating tools.
16763
16764 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
16765 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
16766 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
16767 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
16768 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
16769 directories for packages to place various data files in.
16770
16771 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
16772 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
16773
16774 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
16775 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
16776 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
16777 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
16778 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
16779 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
16780 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
16781 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
16782 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16783
16784 CHANGES WITH 195:
16785
16786 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
16787 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
16788 units via --unit=/-u.
16789
16790 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
16791 right thing.
16792
16793 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
16794 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
16795 rotation.
16796
16797 * The journal will now index the available field values for
16798 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
16799 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
16800 completion of journalctl has been updated
16801 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
16802 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
16803
16804 * More service events are now written as structured messages
16805 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
16806
16807 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
16808 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
16809 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
16810 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
16811 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
16812 these settings from the command line now, especially since
16813 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
16814 completion.
16815
16816 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
16817 extract coredumps from the journal.
16818
16819 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
16820 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
16821 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
16822 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
16823 scratch their heads.
16824
16825 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
16826 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
16827
16828 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
16829 in immediate termination of systemd.
16830
16831 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
16832 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
16833
16834 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
16835 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
16836 mouse screen support has been added.
16837
16838 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
16839 Server-Sent-Events as output.
16840
16841 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
16842 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
16843 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
16844 "systemctl reload".
16845
16846 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
16847 -u" instead.
16848
16849 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
16850 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
16851 configured.
16852
16853 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
16854 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
16855
16856 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
16857 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
16858 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
16859 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
16860 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
16861 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
16862 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
16863
16864 CHANGES WITH 194:
16865
16866 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
16867 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
16868 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
16869 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
16870 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
16871 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
16872 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
16873 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
16874 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
16875 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
16876 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
16877 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
16878
16879 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
16880 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
16881 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
16882
16883 CHANGES WITH 193:
16884
16885 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
16886 starting from the specified location in the journal.
16887
16888 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
16889 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
16890 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
16891
16892 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
16893 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
16894 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
16895 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
16896 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
16897 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
16898 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
16899
16900 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
16901 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
16902
16903 This will download the journal contents in a
16904 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
16905
16906 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
16907
16908 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
16909 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
16910 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
16911 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
16912 screenshot of this app in its current state:
16913
16914 https://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
16915
16916 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
16917 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
16918
16919 CHANGES WITH 192:
16920
16921 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
16922 too.
16923
16924 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
16925 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
16926 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
16927 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
16928 just start them.
16929
16930 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
16931 and line break accordingly.
16932
16933 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
16934 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
16935
16936 CHANGES WITH 191:
16937
16938 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
16939 container environment, copying the host's timezone
16940 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
16941 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
16942 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
16943
16944 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
16945 will default to 10 if omitted.
16946
16947 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
16948 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
16949 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
16950 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
16951 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
16952
16953 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
16954 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
16955 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
16956 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
16957 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
16958 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
16959 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
16960
16961 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
16962 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
16963 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
16964 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
16965 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
16966 into two.
16967
16968 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
16969 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
16970
16971 CHANGES WITH 190:
16972
16973 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
16974 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
16975 "systemctl status".
16976
16977 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
16978 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
16979 system to another place in the same file system could not be
16980 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
16981 field.)
16982
16983 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
16984 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
16985 default.
16986
16987 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
16988 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
16989 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
16990 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
16991 in a container.
16992
16993 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
16994 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
16995 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
16996 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
16997 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
16998 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
16999
17000 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
17001 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
17002 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
17003 no-op.
17004
17005 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
17006 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
17007 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
17008 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
17009 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
17010
17011 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
17012 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
17013
17014 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
17015 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
17016 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
17017 command.
17018
17019 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
17020 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
17021 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
17022
17023 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
17024
17025 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
17026 multiple files at once.
17027
17028 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
17029 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
17030 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
17031 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
17032 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
17033 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
17034 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
17035
17036 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
17037 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
17038 now support specifiers as well.
17039
17040 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
17041 dir: %_presetdir.
17042
17043 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
17044 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
17045
17046 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
17047 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
17048 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
17049 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
17050 anymore.
17051
17052 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
17053 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
17054 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
17055 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
17056
17057 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
17058 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
17059 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
17060
17061 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
17062 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
17063 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
17064 sockets.
17065
17066 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
17067 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
17068 is changed.
17069
17070 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
17071 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
17072 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
17073 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
17074 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
17075 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
17076 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
17077
17078 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
17079
17080 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
17081 the unit file label and client process label into account.
17082
17083 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
17084 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
17085
17086 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
17087 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
17088 (%b).
17089
17090 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
17091 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
17092 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17093 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
17094 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
17095 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
17096 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17097
17098 CHANGES WITH 189:
17099
17100 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
17101 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
17102
17103 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
17104 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
17105 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
17106 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
17107 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
17108 syslog daemons again.
17109
17110 * The libudev API gained the new
17111 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
17112
17113 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
17114 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
17115 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
17116 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
17117
17118 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
17119 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
17120 container.
17121
17122 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
17123 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
17124 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
17125 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
17126 this explaining it in more detail.
17127
17128 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
17129 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
17130 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
17131 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
17132
17133 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
17134 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
17135 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
17136 journal files.
17137
17138 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
17139 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
17140 as container init process a lot more fun.
17141
17142 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
17143 entries.
17144
17145 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
17146 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
17147 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
17148 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
17149 different sets of services.
17150
17151 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
17152 failure state.
17153
17154 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
17155 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
17156 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17157
17158 CHANGES WITH 188:
17159
17160 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
17161 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
17162 tree a lot more organized.
17163
17164 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
17165 may be used to group services in a natural way.
17166
17167 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
17168 services.
17169
17170 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
17171 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
17172 filtering by log level now.
17173
17174 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
17175 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
17176 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
17177
17178 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
17179 command lines involving service unit names.
17180
17181 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
17182 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
17183
17184 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
17185 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
17186 and encodes structured information about the error number.
17187
17188 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
17189 option.
17190
17191 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
17192 a shutdown is cancelled.
17193
17194 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
17195 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
17196 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
17197 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
17198 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
17199
17200 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
17201 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
17202 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
17203 for display managers instead.
17204
17205 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
17206 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
17207 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
17208 protection, and suchlike.
17209
17210 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
17211 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
17212 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
17213 the service.
17214
17215 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
17216 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
17217 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
17218 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
17219 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
17220 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17221
17222 CHANGES WITH 187:
17223
17224 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
17225 pages.
17226
17227 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
17228 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
17229 data loss.
17230
17231 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
17232 option.
17233
17234 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
17235
17236 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
17237 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
17238
17239 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
17240 specific directory.
17241
17242 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
17243 messages of two different boots.
17244
17245 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
17246 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
17247 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
17248
17249 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
17250 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
17251 disjunctions.
17252
17253 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
17254 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
17255 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
17256
17257 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
17258 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
17259 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
17260
17261 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
17262 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
17263 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
17264 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
17265 speed things up a bit.
17266
17267 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
17268 header data of journal files.
17269
17270 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
17271 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
17272 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
17273
17274 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
17275 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
17276 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
17277 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
17278
17279 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17280
17281 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
17282 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
17283 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
17284 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
17285
17286 CHANGES WITH 186:
17287
17288 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
17289 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
17290 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
17291 prefixed with rd.
17292
17293 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
17294 automatically generated at boot. Use:
17295
17296 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
17297
17298 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
17299
17300 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
17301
17302 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
17303 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
17304 as well.
17305
17306 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
17307 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
17308 in all appropriate directories automatically.
17309
17310 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
17311 does the right thing. Example:
17312
17313 udevadm info /dev/sda
17314 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
17315
17316 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
17317 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
17318 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
17319 running.
17320
17321 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
17322 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
17323
17324 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
17325 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
17326
17327 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
17328 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
17329 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
17330 files.
17331
17332 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
17333 be stopped that is not loaded.
17334
17335 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
17336
17337 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
17338
17339 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
17340 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
17341 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
17342 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
17343
17344 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
17345 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
17346 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
17347 completed initialization.
17348
17349 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
17350
17351 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
17352 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
17353 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
17354 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
17355 distributions.
17356
17357 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
17358 always valid when services log to the journal via
17359 STDOUT/STDERR.
17360
17361 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
17362 command line options we understand.
17363
17364 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
17365 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
17366
17367 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
17368 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
17369
17370 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
17371 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
17372 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
17373 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
17374
17375 systemctl status /home
17376 systemctl status /dev/sda
17377
17378 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
17379 system.conf parsing.
17380
17381 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
17382 Manager object.
17383
17384 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
17385
17386 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
17387
17388 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
17389 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
17390 complete.
17391
17392 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
17393 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
17394 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
17395 systemd-fsck@.service.
17396
17397 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
17398 Manager object.
17399
17400 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
17401 work sensibly.
17402
17403 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
17404 we actually understand.
17405
17406 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
17407 additional capabilities to the container.
17408
17409 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
17410 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
17411 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
17412
17413 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
17414 the current boot only.
17415
17416 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
17417 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
17418
17419 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
17420 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
17421 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
17422 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
17423 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
17424
17425 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
17426
17427 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
17428 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
17429 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
17430 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
17431
17432 CHANGES WITH 185:
17433
17434 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
17435 available.
17436
17437 * Several new man pages have been added.
17438
17439 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
17440 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
17441 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
17442 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
17443
17444 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
17445 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
17446
17447 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
17448 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
17449 Matthias Clasen
17450
17451 CHANGES WITH 184:
17452
17453 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
17454 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
17455
17456 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
17457 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
17458 daemon.
17459
17460 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
17461 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
17462
17463 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
17464 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
17465 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
17466 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
17467
17468 CHANGES WITH 183:
17469
17470 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
17471 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
17472 and systemd's most recent version number.
17473
17474 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
17475 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
17476 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
17477 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
17478 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
17479 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
17480
17481 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
17482 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
17483 subsystems.
17484
17485 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
17486 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
17487 used to subscribe to events.
17488
17489 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
17490 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
17491 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
17492 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
17493 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
17494 forked by udev rules.
17495
17496 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
17497 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
17498 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
17499 it.
17500
17501 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
17502 udev_monitor_from_socket()
17503 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
17504 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
17505 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
17506
17507 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
17508 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
17509
17510 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
17511 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
17512 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
17513 the files to the new names on upgrade.
17514
17515 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
17516 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
17517 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
17518 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
17519 to be used as drop-in files.
17520
17521 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
17522 particular suspending and hibernating.
17523
17524 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
17525 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
17526 about this in more detail.
17527
17528 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
17529 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
17530 places). Distributions which have not converted these
17531 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
17532 from git history and add them downstream.
17533
17534 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
17535 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
17536 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
17537 units.
17538
17539 * All smaller setup units (such as
17540 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
17541 are run in a container and are skipped when
17542 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
17543 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
17544
17545 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
17546 integrated, for details see:
17547 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
17548
17549 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
17550 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
17551 messages.
17552
17553 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
17554 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
17555 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
17556 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
17557 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
17558
17559 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
17560 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
17561 for all units started by PID 1.
17562
17563 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
17564 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
17565 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
17566
17567 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
17568 of PID 1 anymore.
17569
17570 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
17571 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
17572 have not been read by systemd yet.
17573
17574 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
17575 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
17576 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
17577 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
17578 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
17579 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
17580
17581 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
17582 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
17583
17584 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
17585
17586 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
17587 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
17588 so sexy.
17589
17590 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
17591 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
17592 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
17593 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
17594 patterns.
17595
17596 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
17597 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
17598 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
17599 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
17600
17601 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
17602 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
17603
17604 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
17605 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
17606 in systemd now.
17607
17608 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
17609 ID on the command line.
17610
17611 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
17612 for an init system.
17613
17614 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
17615 vt100.
17616
17617 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
17618
17619 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
17620 components now have directories of their own.
17621
17622 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
17623
17624 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
17625 container in other hierarchies.
17626
17627 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
17628 system.conf.
17629
17630 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
17631
17632 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
17633 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
17634
17635 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
17636 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
17637
17638 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
17639 locally generated journal files.
17640
17641 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
17642
17643 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
17644
17645 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
17646 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
17647 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
17648 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
17649 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
17650 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
17651 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17652 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
17653 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
17654 Gundersen
17655
17656 CHANGES WITH 44:
17657
17658 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17659
17660 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
17661 KVM or container configured UUID.
17662
17663 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
17664
17665 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
17666
17667 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
17668 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
17669
17670 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
17671
17672 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
17673 folks
17674
17675 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
17676 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
17677 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
17678
17679 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
17680 configuration
17681
17682 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
17683 free fashion
17684
17685 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
17686 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
17687 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
17688 automatically generated data.
17689
17690 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
17691 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
17692 however.
17693
17694 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
17695 tarball.
17696
17697 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
17698 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
17699 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
17700 Reding
17701
17702 CHANGES WITH 43:
17703
17704 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17705
17706 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
17707
17708 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
17709
17710 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
17711 normal user logins.
17712
17713 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
17714 Biebl
17715
17716 CHANGES WITH 42:
17717
17718 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
17719
17720 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
17721 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
17722 xsltproc.
17723
17724 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
17725 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
17726 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
17727
17728 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
17729 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
17730 reboot can automatically be triggered.
17731
17732 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
17733
17734 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
17735 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
17736 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
17737
17738 CHANGES WITH 41:
17739
17740 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
17741 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
17742 package update.
17743
17744 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
17745 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
17746 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
17747
17748 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
17749 complete.
17750
17751 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
17752 understood to set system wide environment variables
17753 dynamically at boot.
17754
17755 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
17756
17757 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
17758 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
17759 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
17760 files.
17761
17762 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17763 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
17764 William Douglas
17765
17766 CHANGES WITH 40:
17767
17768 * This is mostly a bugfix release
17769
17770 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
17771 "Result" D-Bus property.
17772
17773 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
17774 the next few releases.)
17775
17776 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
17777 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
17778 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
17779 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
17780
17781 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
17782 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
17783 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
17784
17785 CHANGES WITH 39:
17786
17787 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17788 bugfixes.
17789
17790 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
17791 resource usage.
17792
17793 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
17794 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
17795 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
17796 journals by the respective users.
17797
17798 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
17799 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
17800 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
17801
17802 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
17803 client for all entries.
17804
17805 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
17806
17807 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
17808 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
17809
17810 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
17811 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
17812 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
17813 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
17814
17815 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
17816 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
17817 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
17818
17819 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
17820 journal along with meta data.
17821
17822 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
17823 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
17824 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
17825
17826 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
17827 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
17828 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
17829
17830 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
17831
17832 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
17833 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
17834 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
17835 or fsck.
17836
17837 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
17838 requested with new -k switch.
17839
17840 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
17841 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
17842
17843 CHANGES WITH 38:
17844
17845 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
17846 bugfixes.
17847
17848 * The git repository moved to:
17849 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
17850 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
17851
17852 * First release with the journal
17853 https://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
17854
17855 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
17856 systemd-stdout-bridge.
17857
17858 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
17859
17860 * Many systemadm clean-ups
17861
17862 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
17863 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
17864 remote mounts.
17865
17866 * Added Mageia support
17867
17868 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
17869
17870 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
17871 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
17872 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
17873 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
17874 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
17875
17876 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
17877 of existing distributions.
17878
17879 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
17880 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
17881
17882 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
17883 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
17884 boot.
17885
17886 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
17887
17888 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
17889 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
17890 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
17891 among other things.
17892
17893 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
17894 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
17895
17896 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
17897
17898 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
17899 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
17900 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
17901
17902 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
17903 restored.
17904
17905 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
17906 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
17907 kmod
17908
17909 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
17910 of /usr/local by default.
17911
17912 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
17913 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
17914 in:
17915 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
17916
17917 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
17918 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
17919 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
17920 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
17921 supported anyway, and bad style).
17922
17923 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
17924 reloading of units together.
17925
17926 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
17927 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
17928 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
17929 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
17930 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek